Gardening for Pleasure by Doina Ilie

G a rd e n i n g for P l e a su re A

GUID E T O

THE A

FRUIT, VEGETABL E,

MATEUR

AND

FL OW ER GARDEN,

WITH FUL L DIRECTIONS GREENHOUSE,

IN THE

FOR THE

CONSERVATORY , AND WINDOW-GARDEN

P ET ER AUTHOB or

H EN D ER S ON ,

GAR DENIN G FOB

mr HEIGHT S

J ERS EY o

IL L U S T R A T E

N EW Y

OR AN GE 751

N. J.

O RK!

I UDD

C O M P A N Y,

B RO AD WA Y 1 88 3

Ente

red , a

ccording to Act of C ongres s ORAN GE J UD D

I n th e Oni e of th e

Librari

an of

i n th e yea r 1875, b y the

MPAN Y

C ongre s s ,

as hi ngton.

T S

HA PTER I

HA PTER

HAPTER

III

10 .

C HAPTER IV

PTER VI

C HA

C HA T E

VII

Th e L a wn

3 i

HA PTER

33 2

an ting of

H PTER

C A l ow er-B eds

Lawns and F

Fall ,

P op r

oll an d

aga ti on of

B ul b s

a n ts

a ti on of

P p

ro ag a ti n g

Pl a

n ts

H ow

b y S e ed s

b y Cu tti n g s

P TER XIII

Laye i

r ng

an d

Gr fti g an d B 3 ( ) a

8 3

A b ou t Graf ti ng

HAPTER XI

C HA

P pa g

B u dd i ng

HAPTER XV

uddi ng are

ﬁ i ﬁg c

z‘

G A RDENING

ent of

T rea t

Th e

Tropi cal B

ul bs,

FO R

e tc

S e e ds ,

PLE AS URE

(50

a n ts

o ttin g of

R XIX

C HA TE

Win t Fl er

owe ri n g

nh eal th y

P ER XX

R m dy

P l a n ts — Th e

mmer D ec

R XXI

C HA PT E ora ti o n C HA

ke t s

a ng ing

f or S u

a nts S ui ted

a n ts

C HA T

PTER XXII

B as

arl or

Ga d en i r

th e

n g , or

C a s e s,

ardi an

XXIV

C HA TER C ul ti va ti on of Pl a n t s in R oo .

J ardi ni ere s

ern eri e s ,

C H A PT

F ci

n t er-

th e L

A D e ta h e d G reen h ou s e

ER XXVI

b y Hot

ea ti n g

G re en h o u s e

Wa t

Pi t

34 .

el l i n g s

ER XXVIII

Gra p e ry

HAPTER XXIX

CH APT

V ll y C H A PTER XXVII

th e

G reen h ouse s A t ta h ed to

W i th ou t Artiﬁ c

Heat

ER XXXI

C HA P T

mbin e d C el l ar an d Gre enh ou s e

98 .

Hot-B e ds

Sh rub s, C li

mb ers

P E XXXIII

C HA T R ,

an d

T re es

104

E XXXIV

C H AP T R

ardy

H erb a

ceou s Perenni al s

ow eri n g

Pl an t s

HA PTER XXXV

R XXXVI

C H AP T E

ow e rs

In ec ts s

w h i h w il l

row

107 C

An nual

i n th e S h a d e

1 14

C ON TEN TS

120

R XXX IX

C HAPT E

Pl a

Froz en

n ts

121

C HA PT ER XL

R XL I

C HA PT E

P E XL II

C HA T R

125

C of

Th e L a w

C ol ors i n

F l ow

ers

HAPTER XL III

C HA

PTER

133

ER XL V

C HAP T

a rdy

Gra

C ol d Gra

pe s

p ery C

Th e Ho t-

F ci

ou s e or

G ra

HAPTER XL VII

pery

150

E XL VIII

C H A PT R

Th e S tra wb erry

C o tta g e-G a rdeni ng

D ig

re ss i o n

Th e

eg e ta b l e

Impl m

on thl y

rd en

C G a rd en

HAPT ER L

en ts

HA PTER L I

C al en da r o f O

p era tions

234

I have en d eavored i n wri t i ng Gar d en i n g f or P leasure to divest it as far as I was competent to do so of the tech ni c al terms and phrases wh ic h professional gar de m ers use in writi ng or talking on matters relating to hortic ulture and to use the plainest language at my c ommand i n des c ribing th e simplest methods of c ulture Whether I have su cc eeded in maki ng the subje c t as clear as I have d es ired to d o those who rea d the work must de c ide My aim in wri ti n g the book was to mak e i t su c h as would be useful to the o c cupant of a city lot or to th e possessor of a few wi ndow plants as well as to the owner of a c ountry residence that is fully appointed in all mat ters relati n g to the c ultivation of flowers fruits an d vegetables The necessity for such a book has been made evi dent to me by the inquiries from hun d reds of ama teu rs i n gardening ; i nquiries to many of wh ich neither of my previ ous works ( Gardeni ng for P rofit or P ra c tical furnished proper replies ; th e one being written mainly for information of the vegetable market g ard ener an d the other for the comme rc i al florist ,

“

P ET ER H END ER SON Y

J ER SE

CIT

N J .

O ct

1875

G a rd e n i n g for P l e a s u re

C H A P T ER S OIL

AN D

L O C A T IO N

I t i s rare i n determi ning the site for a residen c e that the so i l is taken into c onsideration and in c onsequence we sometimes ďŹ nd that the garden surroun di ng the house presents a barren appearance that nothing c an remedy short of the placing a foot of g ood so i l over the whole surface This c onditi on is not so often due to the natural poverty of the soil as c aused by gra di ng Off the surfac e soil or by ďŹ llin g up to the des i red grad e wi th the material thrown out in ex c avating the cellars or gravelly materi al and placin g or other subsoil clay This is these over the soil intended for the garden ofte n done for the convenience o f c ontractors to the great injury of the proprietor without either bein g aware of the bad results As a good soil will tend more than all else to gi ve sati sfa c tory results i n garden opera ti ons it is all important to se c ure it When discretion c an be used in deci ding on a location one shoul d be c hosen that has naturally a suitable soil rather than to attempt to make it so by car tin g a foot of good soil over the bad whi c h would be found n ot only very expensi ve b ut in many situations next to impra c tic able I have 9 ( ) ,

GA RDENING

FOR

PLE A S URE

before said i n some of my writings on thi s subje c t that the soil best suite d for all garden purposes is what is known as sandy loam not less than ten inches deep overlying a subsoil of sand or gravel S uch a soil rarely requires drainage is eas i er worked and gi ves bet ter results than that known as clayey loam which overlays a putty li ke subsoil of blue or yellow c lay which must be drained thoroughly before a seed is sown or plant set out or there wi ll be no satisfactory reward for the labor The location if c hoice c an be made should be such as will allow th e garden to slope gently say one foot in a hundred to the south or south east ) ( and if protected by hills or ti mber to the north west If not protected naturally a hedge S O much the better S pruce or N orway F irs planted on the o f H emlock no rthern a n d western Side of the site intended for the garden would be of great advantage These evergreens can be bought from 2 to 3 feet high at from $ 1 5 to $25 per 1 00 and should be planted accordi ng to size from 2 to 3 feet apart makin g a cheap and ever improvi ng screen or fence wh ic h may be tri mmed to any required hight or th ickness ,

â&#x20AC;&#x153;

C H A P T ER

As drain age will be i n many instan c es in dispe n sable to su c cess I will brieďŹ&#x201A;y state a few of th e simplest methods that may be adopted premi si n g that it is utterly useless to expect to cultivate any soil satisfactorily that doe s not freely and rapidly carry off the surface water An expert in soils c an determine almost to a c ertai nty by digging down two or three feet whether or not a soil ,

DR AIN A GE

equ ires d rainage b ut the safest g ui d e for the in experi s need is to jud g e by the growing c rops i n his neighbor hood If on a similar soil g ood c rops o f c orn pota toes or hay are found on u n dra in c d soil then it is certai n there i s no necessity t o drain for no matter how cultivated or how heavi ly ma n u re d lan d is there c an never be a good crop raised i n any season if the soil is water logged If the Of larg e ex la c e to be d rained is p tent and the ground nearly level i t will always be safer to c all in the servic es of an engi neer to give the di cate the roper levels and in p Fig 1 —R UB R L E D R AIN necessary fall whi c h should never be less than half a foot in the hundred and if more can be I n heavy clayey soils we ha d so mu c h the b etter make our lateral drai ns three feet deep and fifteen feet apart where there is less clay in the subsoil we make them from twenty to thirty feet apart and four feet If stones are plenty on the grou n d they may be deep profitably used i n filling up the excavated ditch to half its depth as shown i n fi gure 1 and which is known as a rubble drain u s ing the larger stones at the b ottom an d r

Fig 2 —H .

OR SE SH 0 E D RA IN TIL E -

smaller at top and c overing over with inverted sods to keep the soil from being was hed in among the stones and thus choking up the dr ain But when they can be obtained at reasonable price the best and most d urable draining is that done by tiles I t makes but little dif feren c e whether the tile used is the round wi th c ollars ,

GA RDE NI NG

PLEA S URE

FOR

or the horse shoe ; we rather prefer the latter parti en spongy we then l a rl y if th e bottom of the drain is use a board for the bottom of the drain as shown in fig ure 2 Thi s board is a common on e of heml ock or spruce cut in four pieces i t is ripped through the mi d dle a n d then these parts split in two making boards of five inches wi de by half an inch i n thi ckness thus makin g the common hemlock board stretch out to a length of fifty feet I t is often a very troublesome mat ter to get the few dra i n tiles necessary to dr ain a small garden a n d in such cases an excellent a n d cheap su b sti tute can be had by using one of boards Take ordin ary rough boards pine heml ock or spruce and cut them i n to widths of th ree or four inches nail them together so as t o -

Fig 3 .

—TR IAN GULAR

OAR D DRAIN

form a tri angular pipe as represente d in ﬁgure 3 taki n g c are to break the joints in putting the lengths t o gether ; care must be taken that the boards are n ot nailed together too closely else they mi ght swell so as to prevent the water passi ng in to the drain to be carrie d off These drains are usually set wi th a ﬂat Side down but they wi ll keep clear better if put w i th a point down thou gh it is more trouble to lay them D ra ins made in this way wi ll last much longer than might be su pposed L ast season I came across some wooden drains that I h a d put down over twenty years before an d they seemed soun d enou gh to l ast twenty years l onger ,

PREPA R ATI ON

OF TH E

C H A P T ER

PR EPAR A TION

III

TH E

GR OUND

GRO UND

V‘

draini n g (if draining is necessary ) comes the preparation of the soil Presumi ng that the groun d where the new garden i s to be made is an open space clear of trees or other obstru ctions there is no cultiva tion so cheap and yet so thorough as plowi ng and har rowing To do this properly the ordinary plow should be foll owed by the subsoil plow stirring the subso i l u p about fifteen inches deep so that the water wi l l pass through to the drai ns natural or artificial freely After the plow and subsoiler follows the b arrow wh i ch should be weighted so that the teeth s ink six inches i nto the soil in order to c omplet ely pulveri ze it I n Europe i t would be c onsidered sacrilege to u se a plow or harrow in the preparation of a private garden a n d most of ol d country gardeners amo n g us will stand aghast at such a d vi ce but I have been through all parts of the W ork and am well satisfied from no limited practice that plo wing and harrowi n g will not only do the work at one fourth of the cost but in a better manner than the ordi nary di gging or trenching wi th the spade L et me here cau ti on that great care be taken never to plow dig harrow rake or hoe ground when wet ; if work must be done pull out weeds or set plants if you will but never under a n y circumstances stir the soil in preparation for a crop until it is dry enough not to clog If stirred while wet the parti cles stick together and the crop i s not only i n jure d for the season b ut i n some so ils the b ad e ffe c ts Show f or years A fter

G A RDENING

PLE A S URE

FO R

C H A P T ER

WAL KS

i s n o unusual thi ng to see the owner o f a neat cot tage make himself perfectly ridiculous by the way in which he lays ou t the walk from the street to his front door There i s a prevailing Opinion that such walks and gentlemen Often otherwise Should be cur ved ones shrewd an d i n telligent plac e themselves without question i n the hands Of some self styled garden architect and thus man age to make themselves the laughi n g Stock of a neighborhood There was a well marked i n stance of this in a garden o c cupyi n g a block i n almost the c en ter of Jersey C ity where a man p retendin g t o have a full kn owledge of the subj ect i n duced the proprietor to have a walk runni n g about on e h u ndred yards from the street to the house made so curved th a t its le n gth was nearly ’ t wice that distan ce It was hard on the butcher s a n d ’ grocer s boys an d it was said that even book peddlers and sewi n g machin e agents a n d lightn ing rod men looked ruefully at it and left him in pe a ce S ome old authority n ever Should be any on this subject says that there deviation from a straight lin e u n less from s ome real or apparen t cause S O if cu rved li n es a re i n sisted on a tree rock or building must be placed at the ben d as a reason for goin g around such obstacles It will be evi de n t to a n y on e who reﬂects upo n the matter that a cu rved walk ru n n in g a distance of a h u ndred yard s or so from the street to the house across a n u n plan ted law n is utterly absurd All Short foot walks from th e street to the house should be straight enteri n g from the street at as n ear right angles as possible and lea din g direct to the front door There should be no necessity for a carriage road to the front entran c e Of a h ouse unless it i s distant It

“

WA LK S

at least 1 00 feet from the street and then a dri ve is best made by havi ng an entran c e at each side of the lot as given in ﬁgure 4 presuming that the width of the ground is 50 0 feet and the d i stance from street to the front door is 1 5 0 feet Even here the foot walk shoul d be direct The wi dth of the roads or walks must b e governed by the e xtent of the grounds F or c arriage way the wi dth should not b e less than ten feet and for foot walks ﬁve feet N othing is more an noying than to have a shower bat h i n early mornin g from the d ew from ,

3 0 0 st S T R E ET

Fig IL — APPR .

OA C H

TO A H

OUSE—DR IVE

A N D P A TH

an overhanging bran c h in your narrow walk We Often s ee gardens of c onsiderable pretentions where the walks are not more than three feet wide where it is utterly i m possible for two persons to walk abreast w i thout getting their dresses torn or fac es scratched by overhan gin g bran ches Besides i t argues a narrowness in the owner particularly if the grounds are at all extensive and looks as if he were determi n ed to cultivate every available foot of land O f c ourse it i s another matter when the garden plot is limited to the width of a city lot (20 or 2 5 feet) then such economy of spa c e i s per fec tl y excusable The character of the soil must i n a great measure determine the manner of maki ng the road Every one must have n oti c ed that after a heavy rain n u paved streets in some districts remain n ext to impassable for many hours , Wh i le in others after the same amount .

G A RDENING

PLEA S URE

FO R

rain the roads will seem ﬁrm and comparati vely dry In the former all carriage road s and even foot walks to have any satisfaction from them should have their fou n da tions formed somethi ng like that shown in ﬁgure 5 this gives thorough drai n age for the water at each side and a depth of from one foot at ce n ter to two feet on Sides of rubble ston e a n d gravel to form the bed of the road or W alk but in sandy or gravelly soils thr ough which the of

Fig 5 .

S E CT I N OF R

OAD

W I TH

DR AIN

EA C H

SIDE

water passes quickly no such expense is necessary as an equally good road may be made by ﬁve or six inches of gravel I n foot walks on such soils I h ave fou n d that three or four i n ches of gravel mi xed with one fourth its bulk of c ement to bind when watered and well rolle d makes an excellent smooth walk and one in which be c ause Of i ts hardness there i s no trouble w i th weeds ,

“

C H A P T ER MAN URE S

Whether one wi shes to c ultivate vegetables fru i ts or ﬂowers all soils to give good results soo n er or later need manure this is more particularly the case with what a re known as vegetables these bei n g usually quick grow N o fert ilizer an swers so well i n g succulent plants for all purposes as thoroughly decayed stable man ure whether from horse or cow stable i t makes but little dif feren c e except th at that from the horse stables is best suited for heavy soils while that from the cow stable s ,

“

GA RDEN ING

PLEAS URE

FOR

C H A P TER HOW

U SE

C ONCENT RA T E D

FER ILIZERS

Wha tever kind Of c oncentrated fertil izer may be used I fin d it well repays the labor to prepare it in the follow ing manner ! to every bushel of fertilizer add three bush els of either leaf mold (from the woods ) well pulverized — muck sweepings from a paved stree t or in the absence — of either of the above c ommon garden soil In every c ase the material employed must be as dry as it is possi ble to procure i t When guano is used be careful to have it thoroughly pulveri zed and broken up before mix ing with the other ingredients The fertilizer must be well mixed with the soil or mold used by turni n g it at least twice This mixing should be done in wi nter or early spring and the material packed away in barrels in a dry place for at least a month b efore u si n g it The main obj ect of this operation is for the better separation and division of the fertilizer so that when applied it can be more regularly distributed over the land besides t his n o doubt the fertilizing qualities of the leaf mold or other substance are developed by this treatment Ex r i m n t has shown that this method of using c on c ntra e e p e ted fertilizers of nearly all kinds materi ally i n c rease s their value O ne of the most success ful market garden ers in our neighborhood has adopted th i s method for years and in extensive experiments with different kinds of fertilizers with and wi thout being mi xed finds a sav ing of quite one third in quanti ty in thus treati ng them H e finds that lbs of guano mi xe d with two tons of garden soil and sown over the surf a ce after plowi ng l bs and then harrowed in is equal i n effe c t to of guano used wi thout m i xi ng ,

C ONCENT RAT ED FERTILI Z ER S

H OW TO U SE

We have ourselves experimented w i th guano blood a n d bone and bone flour wi th nearly like results a n d as a top dressing for grass we think the advantage of mix ing is even more marke d When fertilizers are applie d to corn potatoes tomatoes et c in hills or dri lls it i s not only more economical to mix in this manner but much safer in inexperienced hands for when any strong fertilizer i s used pure i nj ury is often done to the roo ts by their coming in contact with it in t oo great quantity in the raw state owing to imperfe c t m i xing in the h i ll or drill while if composted as advised above the dan ger i s much less We are Often asked as to the qu antity to be applied to difi eren t garden crops Taking guano as a basis we would re c ommend for all veg etable c rops i f earliness and g ood quality are desired the u se of not less than lbs per acre (an acre c ontains square yards and cultivators for pri vate use c an easily estimate from this the quantity they require for any area) mixed wi th two tons of either of the materials recommended This quantity i s used broadcast by sowing on the groun d after plowing and d eeply and thoroughly harrowing in or if in small gardens forke d in lightly with th e prongs of a garden fork or long toothed steel rake When a p plied in hills or drills from 1 0 0 to 3 0 0 lbs Should be used to the acre ac c ording to the distance of these apart mixin g with soil etc as already directed In regar d to which of the fertilizers is most desirable we find but little di ff erence provi ded eac h is pure Gu ano at $ 8 0 per ton is relatively as c heap as blood and bone fertili z er at $ 65 bone flour at $ 50 or su perph os phate at $4 0 for in the lower pri c ed articles we find we are obliged to increase the quantity to Obtain the same results so th at the cost is nearly alike wh i chever be used The all important point is the puri ty of the arti cle a matter that few working farmers or gardeners ever attempt to d e cid e ex c ept by the results i n c ulture hen c e ,

G A RDENING

PLE A S URE

FOR

we a dvi se ea c h one who has been u sing a fertil i z er that has proved satisfactory to experime n t but lightly with h anot r until the new article has proved its merits The competition in the manufa c ture Of articles s o much in use as fertilizers has in many i n stances forc ed do wn prices below point at which they can be produced in a pure state hence the widespread adulteration with salt c ake plaster and other arti cles utterly worth less but to make weight N ext in meanness to the quack that extracts money from a poor consumptive for his vile nostrums is the man who compels the poor farmer or i les away struggling for gardener may be a tho u sand m an existence to pay freight on the sand mixed with his guano or the pla ster in hi s bone dust In this relation I am reminded of a retribution that fell on the S a n ds of Life man who ﬁgured so conspicuously a few years ago in N ew York The advertisement of this philan A t hropi c gentleman it will be remembere d was that retired clergyman whose S ands of Lif e had nearly run out would for a consideration tell how th e runni n g out could be stopped in others A kind hearted fellow in I llinois deeply sympathizing with the old gentleman on accou n t of his loss of sand sent him by expres s but forgot to prepay— a thousand pounds of the article I I t is repor ted that the retired clergyman on openi ng the cask expressed himself in a manner not only u n gra te ful but utterly un c leric al We c ounsel no vengeance but i f some of these sa nd mixing gu ano men c ould have the sand sifted out by their vi ct ims wi th compound in t erest ad d ed and returned to them under the fostering care of an expre ss company i t woul d b e bu t even han ded justic e ,

“

PECIA L FERTILI Z ER S

PA RTICULAR

FOR

C H A P T ER S

PECIAL

FER TH JZ ERS

VII

PAR TICULAR

FOR

PL AN TS.

P AN S

A man c alle d at my Offic e a few years ag o wi th some dozen bottles as samples of Special manures i n dispen sa ble he said as fertilizers for certain ki n d s of plants H e had those with him that he c lai med to b e specially prepare d for c abbage c orn potatoes wheat grass lawns ’ beets etc etc H e even inva d ed F lora s realm and de cl a re d that h i s nostr u m for roses was a specifi c for any lan guid c apers of this sometimes rather c oquettish queen of flowers H is own arguments whi c h were rather plausible a n d glibly uttered were b acke d up by numer ous c ertific a tes— authentic I have no doub t —where hi s potato fertili zer h a d worked wonders w i th some with others his corn manure had been o f undoubte d benefit and so on all through the list N ow I have no reason to sa y that th e ven der of these fertilizers was a quack except the broad fact gathered from an experience of thirty years tha t has shown me that it makes but little difference wi th what ferti lizer a c rop is treated provi ded the soil is properly pulverize d a n d t h e fertilizer applie d in proper proportions a cc ording t o its strength H ad all his separate ki nds of ferti lizers been taken from the same bag (provi de d that bag c on ta in e d a good art i cle of bone dust or guano ) the resui t to his patrons would have been the same whether he had used it on one or all of the c rops that he had spe c ial prescriptions for There are few market gardeners in the vi cinity Of N ew York but who have at one time or another been obliged to take anyth i ng t hey could get for fertilizing purposes and the d iff eren c e has never been perc eptible when ma nu re from horse sta bles or c ow stab les has been appli e d ,

G A RDENING

FOR

PLE AS URE

or when $ 1 00 per a c re has been expended for bone dust and these all used on a dozen di f or P eru vi an guano Agric ultural feren t crops without any di scrimin ation chemistry may be all very well in some respe c ts but if it gets down to such hair splitting niceties as to analyze scores of special plants a n d tell us that we must feed each with only just such food as the analysis Show it to be c ompose d of then our common sense born of prac ti c al experien c e must scout an d ridi cul e such nonsense P lants like animals are not so much kept in goo d health by the special kind of food given as by the prope r quantity and conditions surroun din g the individual when the food is re c ei ved and what proper temperat u re and pulverization of soil may be to the plant air and exerci s e and also proper temperature are the correspondi ng c on diti on s necessary for healthy animal l ife Who wi ll say that the beef fed English laborer is i n any way the phys ical superior of the Irishman or S cotchman whose dai ly food has been only potatoes and oat meal ! You get usually ďŹ n e and nearly equal development in each c ase but it is a c on di tion due to a natural use of the muscles i n th e open air in a c ongen i al c limate rather than to anyt hing special in the food I t woul d be quite as rea S onable to tell us that a special food chemically c on si d ered is ne c essary for each c lass of our domesti c ani mals as for our domestic plants and none b ut the veri est c h arlatan or ignoramus wi ll do ei ther -

C H A P T ER

VHI

S in c e the Introdu c ti on of the lawn mowers the keep mg of the lawn has been so simpliďŹ ed that no suburban residence is c omplete wi thout one and there i s now no -

TH E

LA W N

more ex c use f or tall grass g o in g to hay i n the door yard than there would be for c ob webs takin g possess i on of the rooms inside the dwellin g We o c casionally see some parsimonious in di vidual eve n n ow who remembers that ’ in his grandfather s days grass was allowed to grow for the food of th e c ri tters and he leaves i t for food for his cri tters still Thou gh at the same time his furn iture inside that nobody but himself ever sees or h as an op m i ortu n i t to ad re for su c h m en are not troubled with p y fri ends may have cost him or We have two or three notable examples of this ki nd in my i mme di ate neighborhoo d but i t is gratifying to kno w that for the example of Such neighbors are not numerous the maj ority will soon shame them i nto de c en cy To have a lawn in ﬁrst rate con di tion the ground must b e put i n order in the way described un der the heads of D raining and P reparation of the S oil for if these are ne c essary anywhere they are still more n ecessary for the lawn the soil of which Should be as thoroughly pul veri z e d and enric hed by manure as any ground intended for the cultivati on of either vegetables or fruits Great c are must be taken to have the surfa c e of the ground for the lawn (unless a very large one ) made perfe c tly level for i f this i s not done before the l awn is se wn i t c annot be altered but at great expense and i nconveni en c e After the surfa c e i s ma de level roughly i t Should be further smoothed with the rake an d all stones of any c onsiderable Size rem oved so that the surfa c e will be smooth for the a c tion of the lawn mower W herever the extent Of the lawn does not ex oe c d square feet and where so d s c an b e obtained from a su i table pasture near at h an d wi thout mu c h c ost the best way to make the lawn is to sod i t but b efore d oing so the ground Should be rolled or b eaten down parti c ularly if any portion of i t has been ﬁlle d in so that there may b e no settli ng to form hol lows or inequ al i “

“

GARDENING

PLEA SURE

FOR

ti es A c onveni ent Size o f so d to lay d own i s 1 2 b y 1 8 inches and of a thickness of 2 inches in layi ng see that the edges are neatly laid together ; and the whole ﬁrmly beaten down wi th the bac k of a spade If it is dry weather when the work is done i t may be necessary to thoroughly dren c h the newly laid sod for a week or so after plantin g every other evening When the lawn is too extensive to be sodded the followi ng mi xture of grass seed may be used wh ich we have found to mak e an ex cell en t lawn ! .

8 3

10 10 1

quarts Rhode I slan d Bent Grass quarts C reeping Bent Grass quarts Red T op Grass quarts K entucky Blue Grass quart White C lover

This mi xture Is not i n dispensable to the formation o f a goo d lawn though W e believe it to be the best S ome of the fine lawns seen at N ewport R I are composed al most entirely Of Rhode I sland Bent grass mi xed with abou t one sixth of white clover but the hu mi dity of the atmosphere there has no doubt more to do with the ri ch n ess of the lawn than the variety of grass it is c omposed of I may here caution the use of spu rious seed for this purpose I t is no uncommon thing that either through ignorance or short sighted economy hay seed is taken direct from the hay loft and sown to form the la wn If from good hay the seed will be principally timothy an d red clover and vain would be all the attempts to get a smooth lawn from su c h a source I t would be about as reasonable to expe c t figs from thistles If the soil is rich and has been thoroughly prepared three bushels per acre will be suffi cient but if th i n and poor from four to five bushels h a d better be sown I f sown in early spring as soon as the soil is dry enough to work a good lawn will b e forme d b y m id summer the first year if i t h a s b een .

G A RDENING

Fi g 6 — .

DESIGN

F OR

FO R

PLE A S URE

L AYIN G

O U T GR

OUN D S

DE SIGN

G A RDEN

FOR

gi ve a great variety of designs for the flow er garden To those that require such some intelligent landscape gar I ntellige n t I sa y for ni n e d cn er should be consulted ou t Of ten that pretend to be landscape garde n ers are but consult a man able to draw a neat design for n ot if he cannot do that he is not a very safe person to be int rusted wi th the worki n g out of the plan Of another Y ou are caref u l to ascertain that the archite c t for your house is a man of education and intellig ence before you entrust yourself in his hands but when it comes to de signing the lawn and fl ow er grounds the veriest bog trotter who styles himself a landscaper i s too Often allowed to display his art and at the same time make you ridiculous R est a ssure d th at if su c h a pretender has not had ambition enough to be c ome fairly well in structed he is not likely to Show mu c h taste i n desig n in g your grounds The design (fig shows an area Of 200 feet by 3 5 0 or a plot of n early two acres about one third Of the whole facing the street is used for fl ow er garden and for dwelling the two thirds in the mar for fruit and vegeta b le grounds There is a point in this Sketch to which I wi sh to c all attention as it is on e too often lost sight Of the fl ow er garden and lawn face the street while the fruit and vegetable grounds are at the rear the vi ew Of these from the street is shut out upo n on e Side by a Screen or tall h edge Of evergreens H and u pon the other by a curvilinear glass Structure G wh i ch may be used either as a grapery or a greenhouse The walk w passes on e ach Side Of the ho u se to connect with other walks at the rear ; the beds F may be planted in ribbon lines either with floweri ng plants or those wi th b ri lliant and strongly con trasting foliage The fl ow er beds F each side of t he entrance near the front may be made Of any form that ma y be preferred ; a simple circle planted as suggested i n the next c hapter will produ c e a good e ffe c t and be -

GA RDENING

Fig 7 .

—DES IGN

FO R GR

FOR

OUN D S

PLEA S URE

W ITH

C AR R IA GE-D RIvE

DE SIGN

G A RDEN

FOR

more easily c are d for than b eds of the Style here gi ven most persons where the floral o rnamentation i s as in this case confined to a fe w e ffective masses prefer to change not only the manner of pl anting such beds each year but to alter their form occasionally The u nbroken area of lawn at C is intended for a croquet ground At the rear Of the house the central walk is spanned by a grape ar bor G A if one wishes the vines to aff ord Shade or a simple trellis may run each side ; the borders next the fence on cach si d e and at the rear (not Shown in the plan ) may also be used for grapes or will be convenient for raspberries currants and other small fruits The large plots v F are for the main crops of vegetables a n d fruits ; asparagus rhubarb strawberries and such other c rops as remain year after year without being d istu rbed Should be so placed at the outset as to be interfered with as little as p ossible i n the frequent wo rking of the soil necessary for other crops A lot of this size will require t h e labor of one man whose time must be exclusively devoted to the garden and to nothing else to keep it in proper order S uch is the extent and something near the design of the grounds I u se for such purposes I generally have selected on e of my most active men t o take charge of it and fin d he has plenty to do to d o it well A second design (fig 7) shows a lot Of the same dimensions wi th a diff erent arrangement there being a stable 8 and no rear en trance it is necessary to provide one from the front and i n order to secure a greater breadth of lawn the house is pla c ed at one side of the center of the groun d s The drive D in th e d esign is made to turn around a group of fl ow er beds of fan ciful pattern but this may be replaced by a single circle planted as suggested in the next chapter or by a group of orn a men tal evergreen or other shrubs In this d esign the cro quet ground i s at C and t he grape arbor G A is used to shut out the vi ew o f the vegetab le groun d s from th e st reet ,

‘

G A RDENING

FOR

PLE A S URE

A row of closely plan ted evergreens at H serves to break the force of the winds the suggestions as to the other details i n the pre c eding plan (ﬁg 6) apply to thi s also .

C H A P T ER

PLAN TING Th e subject

L A W NS

AN D

FL OW ER B ED S -

lawn plan ting i n cluding the proper S ettin g a n d groupi n g of trees a n d shrubs a n d their m o st e ffective disposal i s too exte n ded for the scope of this book These matters belo n g t o wo rks upon landscape gardeni ng and a re ably treated in those by D own i n g But the plan t K emp Weiden mann S c o tt a n d oth ers ing of fl ow er beds co mes properly within our limits The ol d fashioned mixed borders of four or si x feet wide alo n g the walks of the fruit or vegetable garde n were usually plan ted wi th hardy he rbaceous plan ts the tall growing at the back with the lower growi n g sorts in front These when there w a s a good collectio n gave a bloom of varied color through out the entire growi n g seas on But the more modern style of flower bo rders h a s quite displace d such collectio n s a n d they a re n ow but little seen u n less in very ol d garde n s or i n botan ical collectio n s Then again we have the mi x ed b orders of beddi n g plants a heterogen eous groupin g of all ki n ds of tropical plan ts still holdi n g t o the plan of either placin g the highest at the ba k of the border if it h a s o n ly on e walk or if a bed has a walk on each side the highest in the mi d dle a n d the plants slopi n g down to the walk on each side Th e mixed s ystem Still h a s i ts advocates who deprecate the mod ern plan of massing i n color a s bei n g t oo formal an d t oo unnatural a wa y to di spose of flowers But b e tha t ,

PLA NTING

AN D

OF LA s

FL OW ER B ED S -

as i t may we will not stop to argue the matter f urther than to state that in a visit to En gland i n 1 8 72 i t w a s most evident that the C arpet S tyles of massing plant s as do n e at Battersea P ark L ondon were interesting to the people in a way that no mixed border could ever be Any on e who has not yet seen the wonderful e ff e cts pro d u c e d by the mas sin g of plants i n this way has a trea t befo re him N early all the public parks in and about L ondon are so planted and thousands of cottage gardens vie with each other in imitation of the parks B u t to plant in pattern s or i n ribbon li n es requires for immediate effect a large number of plants for the reason that they mu st be so set out that they will meet to form continu ous masses Shortly after planting An illustration in circles (for convenience ) i s gi ven in ﬁg 8 to show what plants can be massed together to gi ve a pleasing effect O f cours e i t will be understood that a bed of any shape can be plan ted in this manner as well as circular beds o n ly keeping in view th e w i dth of the bed For example a bed having a diameter of ten feet may require eight or ten diff erent kin ds of plants to form the necessary contrast while F g 8 —D IA GR AM OF F L OW ER B ED that of ﬁve feet will not re quire more than hal f that number The following name d plants are well suited for planti n g i n masses or ribbo n lines they are named as nearly a s possible in the orde r Of their hight n u m ber on e in each case being the tallest Many of them wi ll require to be pinched back to keep at the proper hight so that the outline will form a regular slope from the center or highest po int down to ,

‘

’

“

G A RDENING

FOR P

LEA SURE

the front or lowest poin t — thus in li st N o 1 C anna Indi c a z ebrina will grow Six feet high while L obeli a Pa xtoni .

Fi g 9 .

SEC TION

FL O W ER

B ED

the lowest is less than six i nches The se c tion gi ven in ﬁgure 9 will give an idea of the arrangement of a bed of this kind ,

L I ST N o 1

In di ca

an n a

2 S al vi a .

G ol d e C ol eu s n

l ea v e s

4 A c h yra n th e s L i n d e n i , .

6, 7

an d

b row n

r n u

ge a n d brow n l e a v e s ri ch c rims o n

s tri p e d

gre e n

y ell o w

ea v

L I ST

A ve r a g e h i g h t .

C al a diu mes cu l ent u m l e v es l g e green J a p a s e M a i e l v es t i p e d w h it e n d ye ll ow C l e s Ve s c h fi el tii l e v e s ch o c ol ate c ri mson fl ow e s b l e a d w h it e y D el ph in i m bi c o l o a C yp e s l t rn if ol i s v a n l e av e s w h it e d gr e w A chy son th s V e s ch aff el t ii l e v e c im a M o n t i of S o w G e an i u m l e v e s w h i te a n d g w T op ae ol m B all of F i e fl ow e s fla me c ol or E ch ev e ri a met l li c a l eav e s gra y m tal l i c l u tre S A l t ern an th era a m in e oen a y ell ow a n d c a rm a

ra n

a n

s r

o t

o ra n

ra n

rl e t

P h al a is a u n di a c e a v l e ave s w h it e a A ch y t h e s Gil so i l e v e s c rm i e B on e G e a i m l e v e s g l d b on z e C nt a ea c a d id a l e av e s w h it e l e s c im Al te a th era l t i f l i son a L ob eli a Pa xt on i ﬂ ow e s bl u e r

l e av e s gre en

ﬂ ow ers s c a

s p l e n d e n s,

z e b rin a ,

reen

i n f ect

G A RDENING

FOR

PLE A S URE

matter especi ally those of N ew Y ork and Brooklyn ; Philadelphia a n d Boston have done better but all of these are weak att empts when co mpared with the grou n ds of some of our private gentleme n notable among whom are H W S arge n t of P eekskill N Y and H H H unnewell of Boston The grounds of Mr H are thrown open to the public who have the Opportunity of seeing effects in this style of planting nearly equal to anything i n Eu rope entirely at the expens e of the mu n iﬁc en t owner The c arpet style so called con sists in usi n g plants that can be kept down to a few ,

Fig 1 0 — .

DES IGN

F OR

S C R OLL P A TTER N

inches above the level of the lawn A great variety of suc c ulent plants are used su ch as Echeveri as S edums Mesembryanthemums etc together with numerous low growin g Alpine plants such as Ajugas C erastiums Lys i ma ch i a s L obelias I vi es Alternantheras et c etc This style of bedding requires an i mmense number of plants O ne bed in the carpet style at Battersea P ark containing less than square feet required plants to produce the desired eﬂ ect in the design and not a leaf of these was more than six inches above the lawn Planting in this style admits of unli mi te d va .

TH E

CA RPET STYLE

FLOW ER B ED S

ri ety

in the form of the beds, and contrasts of colors SO great is th e care exercised abroad in arranging the de signs that colored papers giving the ex a c t ti n ts of the leading ﬂowers and colored foliage are supplied by the dealers in order that colored designs may be made and ,

Fig 11 — .

OR N AMEN TAL DESIGN

F TER

OMPSON

studie d before putting them into exec u tion ; a Single mispla c ed color may spo i l the cfi ect of the whole In works of this k ind the parts of the design should be sep a ra te d by well defi n ed portions of turf as the color of each member of it is brought out more clearly and d i s ti n c tl y and the whole has a much better e ff ect if a lib eral amount of green is i n troduced The two plans figs 1 0 a n d 1 1 are i ntrodu c ed to gi ve an i dea of some of th e .

GA RDENING

FOR

PLE A S U R E

simpler designs ; the scroll work ﬁg 1 0 in various forms is much used eit her n ear a drive or a s a margi n or frame to more elaborate work -

C H A P TER FAL

HO LLA ND B ULB S

These bulbs are mainly such as are importe d from H ol land in the fall a n d consist of H yacinths Tulips C ro cuses J on qu il s Narcissuses S now drops and various With few exceptio n s all these o ther less k n own ki n ds bulbs a re hardy in our most northern states though all are b en efitte d by a co vering of two or three inches of rough litter or leaves spread over the beds before freezi n g weather The soil best suited for all bulbs is a rich but rather sandy loam All these bulbs may be planted a n y time from the middle of S epte mber u ntil the ground is closed by frost in D ecember Hyaci n ths shoul d be plan ted at di stan ces of eight or t en inches apart each way and fro m three to f our inches deep Tulips the same distance apart but a li t tle less deep C rocuses four inches apart a n d two in ches deep J on q u il s a n d Narcis suses may be plan ted six inches apart and f our inches deep S n ow drops the same as Crocuses Very fin e efi e c t s are p ro duced by plan ti n g Hyacinths in lin es each of on e c olo r or when mi x ed c olo rs are placed in the lin es care must be taken to have them arra n ged s o that the bed will give harmo n ious blen ding of color C rosu se s have nearly the same ran ge of color as the Hyacinth a n d may be plan ted either way All these bulbs are easily gro w n in pots The Hya cin th requires a pot Si x i nches in depth and diameter in ,

FA LL

H OLLA ND B ULB S

pottin g i t i s only necessary to fill the po t ra th er l oosely to the brim and press the bul b down so that only about The pot Should on e fourth of it appears above the soil then be struck smartly on the ben c h to give the soil the proper degree of firmness leaving it when fin i sh e d about a n inch or so below the rim of the pot Then water freely to still further settle the soil The pots should then be pla c ed where i t is cool and dark, which will encourage a stron g development of roots before the bud starts to grow at the top S uch a Situa tion can be made by cove rin g up the pots with four or five inches of sand in a cool cellar under the stage of a cool greenhouse or in a s u nken pit in each c ase coverin g wi th sand or leaves so as to exclude heat a n d frost for it must not be forgotten that a strong development of root can only be had at a low temperature sa y from forty to fifty degrees and a n y attempt to force them to mak e roots quicker by placi n g them in a high temperature wil l most certainly enf eeble the flower If we will only o bserve how nature p oin ts ou t to us this necessity we will se e how safe it will be to follow her I n all h ardy plants the roots in spri ng (when the temperature is low ) form th e rootlets before a leaf or flower is devel oped To Show the bad effects when this is n ot the case take a root of any of our hardy lilies and plant it March an d take a similar bulb a n d plan t i t in May ; i t will be found that the early plan te d bulb that h ad an opportu n ity to slowly develop its roots before there was heat enough to start the top will gi ve a fi n er growth and finer flower than th e bulb th at was planted i n May and run u p into growth before it had an Opportunity to sufficiently push i ts roots into the soil The culture of all the bulbs before named i n pots is the same as that of the Hyacinth o n ly the N arcissuses and Tulips should be planted three or four in a si x or seven inch pot and C ro c uses ten or twelve i n a pot All these bulbs may like ,

GA RDENING

FOR

PLEA S URE

wise be grown in moss or even pure sand provi ded that it is kept damp the necessity being a medium wherein the roots can revel in moisture But whether potted in soil sand or moss there wi l l be no need to water but at the time of potting provided the pots have been c ov ered up as directed a n d kept cool an d dark If pot ted say the ﬁrst week in O ctober they may be removed from their d a rk quarters in seven or eight weeks only before doing so turn a few of them out of the pots to see whether they have roo t ed around t h e ball of earth They may then be pla c ed in full li ght and watered freely ,

HYACIN TH S

GL ASS E S

Although the J on qu il s and Narcissu ses can be grown in water in glasses as well as the Hya cinth they are n ot often so treated hyacinths bei n g th e only bulbs largely ﬂowere d i n that way some of whi c h are Sho wn in ﬁg 1 2 ,

Fig 12 .

—H YA OINTH

L SSES

G A

The glasses are made of various styles from the plai n Ol d fashioned Belgian to the orn amental Bohemian glasses and of clear glass or colored green amber claret and other Shades The glasses which are best of a d ark color are ﬁlled with water j u st high enough for th e base of the bulb to touch it The glasses must be plac e d i n a c ool an d dark plac e just su c h a s i tuati on ,

PR O PA GA TI O N

PLA NTS

EED S

as recom me n ded for th ose grown in pots C are mus t be taken that they do not freeze else the glasses will be broken a n d the H yaci n ths more or less injured S ingle Hyacin ths a re better than double o n es for glasses The water Should be change d every Six or eight days .

C H A P T ER

PR OPA GA TION

XII

PLA NT S B Y

EED S

Nature provides abundantly for the reproducti on of plan ts a n d the difli cu l ty of multiplying by on e method is compensated by the ease with which it may be done in ano t her Whenever we find a pl a n t takes root with slips or cuttings in n ine cases ou t of di fficulty from ten we fin d that i t seeds freely and gives us a ready means of increase Thus we fin d the much admi red D usty Millers the white C entaureas one ki n d of the leaved plants now so much used in massing a n d for baskets a re exceedingly diffi cult a n d Slow to r oot fro m cutti n gs but are readily raised from seeds O ur fine strains of blotched P etunias are also troublesome as cut tin gs but make plants quickly from seeds The Cycl a men with i t s tu rnip like stem or bulb could only be propagated by cutti n g i n pieces disfigurin g its shape an d requiring years to fo rm a circular bulb agai n but here we have seed coming to ou r h elp which germinates freely and makes a flowe ri n g plan t in on e year The Apple Geran ium never affords proper cutti n gs from which to make a plan t but it seeds freely from which splendid plants can be p roduced in a few m on ths S o the P ri mulas and C in e rarias both slow a n d u n certain from ou t tings seed freely Echeveria metallica on e of the b eau ,

G A RDENING

FOR

PLE A S U R E

tiful plants of the H ouse L eek family pr oduces no bud from the base of the leaf a s nearly all the other species d o but to make up it seeds abu n dan tly a n d s o with hu n dreds of other plants to which ou r space w ill n ot per mit u s to refer There is no rule by which we can de s i gn a t e what plan ts are best propagated by seeds a n d what by cutti n gs e x perience bei n g the only teacher a n d even the experie n ce of a lifeti me is t oo Sh ort for those o f us that have had the largest p ractice S eedli n g plan ts c a n be nearly as well raised i n the win d ow of a sitti n g roo m or pa rlor provided the tempera ture is right a s i n a green h ouse fo r seeds d o n ot need a stro n g direct light while germin ati n g in fact that i s often a di fficulty i n a gree n ho u se a s the surfa ce of the seed bed d ries u p too quickly i n the direct su n shi n e n e The best c e ssit a t in g wateri n g which bakes the surface thi n g wherei n to s ow seeds is Shall ow bo x es ; these n eed n ot be mo re tha n two or three inches deep w ith open seams at the b ottom th rou gh which water will d rain quickly F ill the bo x es with i n h alf an i n ch of the t op with light rich earth if it can be p rocured nothi n g is better than black leaf mold from the woods or light san dy soil mi x ed with a n equal bulk of Stable man u re S O r otted as t o resemble leaf mold it will n ot an swer u n less rot ted as fin e as d ust In the absen ce of either of these sweepin gs from a pav ed street a re e x cellen t mixed with light san dy s oil the obj ect in all cases bein g light n es s of the s oil or m old i n which the seed i s to be s o w n for if tin y seeds a s man y of ou r fl ow er seeds are a re e mbedded i n a stiff s oil th e germ in man y of them i s t oo weak t o p u sh i ts way t o the light Whe n the proper s oil h a s been secured pat it d ow n with a s mo oth board u n til it i s as smooth a n d level a s it well c a n be then sow the seed carefully over the surface distributin g it even ly then take a c ommon kitche n Sie v e a n d sift just s o mu ch earth even ly over th e seed a s will cover it a n d no more ! -

GA RDENING

PLEA S URE

FO R

C HA P T ER

PROPA GA TION

XIII

PLAN T S B Y CU TTIN G S

There is no more i nteresting operation to the amateur gardener than that of increas in g hi s stock of plan ts by cuttings or slips H eretofore it was a ccoun ted a great mystery a n d u n less with some of the co mmonest ki n ds of Gera n iums few amateu rs ever presumed to i n va de the territory of the professio n al garden ers N early all writers on the s u bj ect had so befogged this Simple matter with tech n ical nonse n se th at few not regu larly b rought up to the business presumed to attempt it We now co n sider it on e of our simplest Ope rations far simpler than rai sing man y kinds of plan ts from seed a n d th ough we raise i llions of pla n ts an nually a n d keep a n ow over two m man with three assistan ts doi n g nothin g else the e n tire year b u t propagatin g plan ts from Slips yet we could take i n telligent man from among ou r garden a n y careful laborers a n d i n stall him as a c ompetent propagator in a mon th Where plan ts are propagated from cuttings in large numbers we elevate a bench usually four feet wide above the ďŹ&#x201A;ue or h ot water pipes to within a foot or so of the glass at the fro n t and on t his table or be n ch we place three or four inches of san d of a n y color or tex ture provi d ed it is n ot from the sea shore and con ta ins salt This bench is boarded down in fro n t so as to co n ďŹ n e the heat from the ďŹ&#x201A;ue or pipes u n der it a n d give what is called bottom heat the sand on a ben ch so formed will indi cate a temperature of perhaps seventy degrees while the atmosph ere of the gree n house particularly dur in g the night will be t en degrees less Now if the cut ti n gs are in the right condition and are i n serted an in ch or so in this san d freely watered and shaded from the sun from 9 or 1 0 A M to 3 or 4 P M , cuttings of nearly .

PR OPA GATI ON

PLAN TS

CU TTING S

all ki nds of plants are certain to take root in from ten to twenty days But the cuttin gs must be in the right co n dition and this is best shown by the engraving (ďŹ g I t will be Observed that the upper portion of the Shoot is snapped or broken while the other is only kneed or bent ; this snapping point as we now term it is a true i n dication of proper c o n dition of the c uttin g where i t bends an d does not b reak i t i s too hard an d thou gh a .

Fig 1 3 .

PR OPEB

AN D IMPR

OPER STATE

OF OU TT

c utting will ro ot when in that condition it W l l l be Slower in doi n g so and the roots thro wn ou t from it will be weaker and more wi ry than when emitted from a cutting tak en in the conditi on in which it breaks B e si des the plant grown from the older cutting wi ll not ,

G A RDENING

PLE AS URE

FOR

likely be so healthy or vi gorous as one mad e when the Shoot i s i n the proper state In propagating woody plants such as R oses Azaleas or C amellias this test of breaking or snapping of the cutti n g does not in these in di cate the proper co n dition although they al so will root if taken in the soft sta te yet we fin d it i s not quite so well to do so as to wait until the cut tin gs of these woody pla n ts gets harder ; what this proper hard n ess i s it is not very easy always to de termin e I n roses the best condition for taking the cutting is reached when the you n g sh oot (of which the c u tti n g is made ) develops the flower b u d to about the size of a large pea Although the Shoot on which the flower bud Shows will make a proper enough cuttin g yet if it is n ot desired to waste the flower cutti n gs had better be made of the bli n d shoots 73 a such yo u n g shoo t s as do n ot flower In making the cuttings of roses or in fact of al most all plants (with a few e x c ep tions hardly w orth noti n g ) there is no need to cut at a j oi n t although nine garde n ers out of ten still d o so par t ic u l a rl y those who have learned the business in Europe where in this as in many other things in horticulture they still follow the di ctum of some savan t of a century ago never questio n i n g why But our business necessities here have caused us to ride rough shod over man y of their set rules and in none more ruthlessly than in this matter of propagating B u t as this book is wri tten mai n ly for amateurs in garde n in g I wi ll proceed to give a Simple method by which any on e can propagate plan ts from cuttin gs or Slips even when no greenhouse or hot be d i s a t ha n d I t is called .

“

THE

“

MU D

UCER

Y TEM

S S

PR O PA GA TING

Take an y common saucer or plate i nto which put san d to the depth of an inch or so then prepare the cut ti ngs in the u sual manner and insert them in the sand ,

“

MU D

UCER S Y STE M

close enough to touch each other as i n ﬁg 1 4 The sand i s then to be watered to bri n g it to the conditio n of mud The saucer with the cutti n gs is then placed on the Shelf of the gree n house in the hot bed or in a su n n y window i n each case fully of any room i n the dwelli n g house exposed to the su n a n d n ever Shaded But on e condi — o n ti n is esse tial to success u n til the cuttings become rooted the sa n d mu s t he k ep t con ti n u a lly sa tu ra ted w i th w a ter a n d a lw a ys i n the con di ti on of m ud To do this the saucers must be watered a t least once a day with a very ﬁn e rose wateri n g pot a n d the watering must be do n e very gently else the cuttings ma y be washed ou t There is every probability that ni n ety per cent of all cuttings put in will take r oot pro v i d e d they were in the proper con ditio n and the temperatu re has not been lower than 65 d egrees n or above 1 0 0 degrees By the saucer system a h igh er Fig 1 4 —SAU C ER P R OP A GA TION temperatu re may be mai n t a i n e d without i n jury a s the cuttings are in reality placed i n water a n d will not wilt provided the water is not allowed to dry up S till the detached Slip u n til rooted will not e n dure a l ong con tin uation of 1 00 degrees a n d we advi se that p ropagatio n be done at such seaso n s that the cutti n gs wherever they may be will have a s n ear as p ossible an average te mperature of 75 or 8 0 i n the s u n light The cuttin gs will root (acc ording to kinds a n d the te mpera ture ) in from six to twen ty days Ve rbe n as H eliotropes F uchsias etc r oo t i n a week while R oses C arnatio n s or Azal e as take two th ree or fou r weeks When r o oted they should be potted in light soil (such as rec omme n ded in the article P ropagati n g of Plants by i n pots from t w o to th ree inches in diamete r and t reated care fully by shading a n d wateri n g for two or three days To .

“

G A RDENING

PLEA S URE

FO R

such as desire more extended information on the subject of propagating pla n ts by cuttings I would refer t o my work P racti c al F loriculture ,

XIV

C H A P T ER

PR OPA G A TING B Y LA YERING

Al though florists n ow rarely resort to propagati on by layeri n g yet now a n d the n it may be desirable for ama t eu rs to increase the number of some favori t e plan t d u r i ng the summer season where n o other method of propa ff t i on can be practised The only di erence between a a g layer a n d a cutting is that the cutti n g is entirely de t a ch e d from th e pare n t plant while the layer remai n s partially connected with it Although layering may be done wi th the ripened wood of vi n es or shrubs of the growth of the previous seaso n yet it is prefer able to u se the shoot of the present year in its half green state ; for ex ample a rose or fl ow er i n g Sh rub is pruned in the u sual way in spring ; by mi d summer it will have made stro n g shoots one two or three feet in len gth from or n ear the n base 0 f the la t Take — R IN G Fig 1 5 A E P R OPAGATIN G B Y L Y P the shoot then i n the left han d ( after having stripped it of its leaves for a few i n ches on each Side of where it is to be cut ) keep the fin gers under the sh oot and make a cut on the upp er p a rt ,

B OU T GRA FT ING

AN D

B UDDING

an in c h or so in length a n d to about half th e thickness of the Shoot then slightly twi st the tongue or ou t part to on e side as shown in the engraving ﬁg 1 5 ; hav in g opened a shallow trench fasten the bran ch down with a hooked peg and cover with earth it i s a good pl an to place a ﬂ a t Sto n e over the layer to prevent the soil from drying out This plan of cutting the shoot in layering is rarely shown in illustrations on the subj ect the c uts usu ally being represented at the under Side of the Shoot When ou t at the lower Side the shoot c an not be lai d down without danger of breakin g it ,

“

C H A P T ER AB O

U T GR A F TING

AN D

B UDDING

I t i s often desirable to be able to bu d or graft one variety of plant on another entirely different variety a n d it is an interesting fact to know that the bud taken from one plan t and inserted so that it grows in another and is entirely sustained by the plant into which it has been budded in no way changes its character This fac t is so well kn own to gardeners that they rarely think i t necessary to mention it in w riti n g on the subject and many amateurs interested in horticultu ral matters have very confused notions on bud ding To illustrate ! if a leaf bud is taken from a white R ose a n d inserted in the stem of a red R ose all the bran ches th at proceed from this bud leaves or ﬂowers will be iden tical with th e white R ose from which it w a s taken O r if a leaf bud of the red R ose be i n serted in the white the same result would follow ; it will be i d entical in all respects with the re d variety O r you may take a bud or graft from the ,

G A RDENING

FOR

PLE A S URE

sourest c rab apple and insert it i n to a branch of the sweetest apple tree you can ďŹ nd a n d the shoot which grows from the crab apple bud will ever remain a crab and will in no way be affected by the sweet apple st ock on which it is growin g O r if the operation is reversed and the sweet apple is budded or g rafted on th e sour the result will be the same ; its i n dividuality will be i n no way changed it will be identical with the variety from which it was ta ke n S till further to illustrate this matter of buddi n g or grafti n g you may take a rose bush havin g any number o f Shoots it makes no differe n ce whether on e or a hun dred ; on each shoot you may bud a distinct variety of R ose of all the col ors f orms or odo rs embrac e d i n the R oses and each on e will h old i ts disti n ct charac teristic of color form or fragrance be it crimso n white pink or yellow i n c ol o r double or Si n gle in for m or of tea or other Odor Or you may take a young seedling apple tree i n sert a bud of another into it the n after that bud has made a growth bud still another va riety into that a n d s o on a s ma n y as is desired rub of all Shoots in the stem that start below and the variety last bu d d ed will hold its i n divi duality unchan ged no matte r though the life sustai n i n g sa p ďŹ&#x201A; ows th rough the cells of seve ral dif Y ou may mark the space o cc u pied by eac h feren t ki n ds of the varieties and cut back to a n y particular variety and the frui t that will be produced by that part which will then be the top will hold it s character without chan ge What is true of roses and apples i s of course equal ly true of whatever plan t tha t can be grafted or budded The stock does not i n any man ner a ďŹ ec t the in di vidu ali ty of th e graft a n d I supposed that this was on e of the ge n e rally accepted axio ms of horticulture but in a co n v ersatio n n ot long a go with a gentleman whose Opin i on is entitled to consideratio n I found him inclined to believe th at t here were so me few ex c eption s to what was ,

G A RDENING

FO R

PLE A S URE

referred to H e gi ves a number of in stances where the vari ega t ed O leander grafted on the plain leaved variety as a stock imparts the variegation to the stock or where a yel low leaved ash tree grafted on the common green leaved variety produced a blotched or variegated variety That most of the variegatio n in the foli age of plants is due to disease or at least some distu rbance of the regular func tions of the leaf there is but little doubt and it is there fore but an accidental co n ditio n of the individual Where a variegated plant is budded or grafted upon a healthy subject the disease is t ran smitted from the unhealthy bud or graft to the healthy stock in a manner somewhat analogous to innoc u lation of smallpox virus in man The character or constitution of the individual is in no way affected in the on e case more than in the other Marke d instances in which plain leaved plants become variegate d by being grafted with variegated cions are affo rded by the variegated Abutilons but i n all such cases it is sim ply the blotching or disease of the foliage that occurs th ere is no change whatever in the coloring of the flowers or Shape of the leaves the indivi duality of these remain s unchanged That leaf variegation is indicative of disease is manifest fro m an other fact I t is quite a common thing to find a shoot sent out by the Silver leaved or variegated Ge ra n iu ms that is pure white in stem and leaves not a particle of green or such golden varie Mrs P ollock will send gated kinds of Geran iums as ou t a p u re yellow shoot but all c fi ort s to make plan ts of such Shoots will fail ; they may feebly root as cuttings or they may be grafted on a green leaved healthy stock long eno u gh to drag out a few weeks of existence but the disease i s here thoroughly established and all attempts to propagate these entirely abnormal growths completely ’ fail It has been claimed that th e D uchesse d An gou l eme and other pears a re much better flavored when graft ed on the quince than on the pear sto ck and these are quoted .

“

H OW

GR A FTING

AN D

B UDDING

ARE

D ONE

as examples of the i n fluence of the stock on the graft but t o me this seems capable of another explanation We know that the pear stock is a vi gorous and rampant grower as compared with the quince and may it n ot be that this vigor of growth in the tree i mpairs the flavor Of the fruit in some varieties just as we find the flavor of fruits impaired when grown in too rich soil The effect of soil upon qu ality is parti cularly marked in melo n s I remember that I once grew a field of th ree ac res of nutmeg melo n s one half o f the patch was rich bottom land a n d the other portio n was a rather poor hillside The fruit produced on the bottom was mu ch larger but SO diff erent from a n d i n ferior in flavor to those on the hillside that no one would have recognized the two as being of the same variety The same though in a less marked degree probably occurs in other fruits under similar conditio n s F rom these reasons I believe it safe to a ssert that n o evi dence has yet been Shown wherein the stock i n a n y man ner affects the graft other than that it may cause it to grow stronger or weaker j ust as the stock is stro n g or weak a n d the amoun t of such i n flue n ce will be o n ly such as a rich or poor soil would produce I n other wo rds the stock is o nl y a medium or soil wherein the grafted i n dividual grows a n d affects it no more than if it drew its sustenan ce direct from the earth— stro n g if on a stro n g stock as on a fer tile soil a n d weak if on a weak stock as on a sterile soil ,

C H A P T ER H OW

GR A F TING

AN D

XVI

B UDDIN G

AR E

D ON E

After this discussion of ge n eral principles let us come t o the practice of graftin g a n d budding In what has been said they have been u sed as synonyms and th eir ,

G A RDEN ING

PLEAS URE

FOR

e—

object precisely the sam to propagate a partic ular plant upon a rooted plant of another kind Among fruits we do this because we can n ot multiply choice vari S tocks are raised from seed s ties by seed or by cuttings which if allowed to grow a n d bear might produce a poor and worthless fruit o r i t may be a good kind To make matters sure we graft a twig Of a ki nd that we know upon a seedling about which we know nothing With C amellias the choice kinds cannot well be propagated from c u ttin gs but some of the commo n er ki n ds will grow in this way and the choice C amellias a re gr a fted upon stocks obtained by rooting cuttings of the others so in various c a ses amo n g fruits and ﬂowers budding or grafting a i fords the readiest if n ot the only method by which we can multiply certain varieties A graft i s a twi g contain i n g on e or more buds a n d so inserted or planted in the S tock that the new bark and new wood of the two shall be in close contact ; in budding a Single bud with no wood or a s little wood as possible is in serted or planted below the bark of the Stock and in direct cont a ct with i ts new or sap wood While we gi ve the two operations dif feren t names the F rench call bud di n g simply a variety of — shield ra ft in g In a general way it may be stated a ti n g r f g g that in graftin g we u se buds of a pre vi ous yea r and in sert them upon the stock where they are to grow the ed and as soon as vegetation Spring after they are form starts these buds comme n ce to grow In budding we ’ the recently u se buds of the current season s growth ; formed buds near the end of the growing seaso n are plan ted i n the stock where they unite and remain dor man t un til sprin g when the inserted bud pushes into gr owth at the time that the natural buds of the stock start These Statements apply only to out door gra ft ing and buddin g ; when these operation s are performed u n der glass the propagator h a s co n trol of atmosph eric c o n di ti ons and varies them to suit the subje c ts in h and In IS

GR A FTING

door grafti n g su c h as that upon fruit trees the cions are best if ou t in the fall and preserved in sand or sa w dust in the cellar during the winter ; though with very hardy sorts this is not essential they should be ou t before any swelli ng of the buds takes pla c e The operation su c cee d s best when the buds on the cion are perfe c tly d or mant and those on the sto ck have swollen and about to open GR AF TING ou t-

The vari ous meth ods of grafting are too many to describe here the Si mplest is the cleft g raft the stock is sawed off and the en d cleft or split for a few inches down through the center (fig 1 6) the c i on (or two if the stock is over an inch in diameter) with two or three buds has i ts lower end smoothly cut to form a wedge a trifle thicker on on e side than the other 1 the cleft in the 7 ) (fig stock is pried Open by means of an iron we dge or a wed g e shaped stick and the cion or cions set wi th the thicker edge of the wedge outward observi ng to brin g the in Fig 1 6 Fig 1 7 Fig 18 ner bark and new wood C LEF T GR AFTD IG of stock and cion i n as c lose contact as possible ; the Opening wedge being withdrawn the spring of the stock will hold the cions in place (fig the junction is to be covered with n rafting wax or w a xed cloth taki g care to c ompletely g cover every wounded portion of both stock an d cion It i s by this method that most of the grafting is done all over the c ountry it is rude bu t very su cc essful the Ob ,

GA RDENING

FOR

PLE AS URE

t o be to i t is that it leaves too great a wound j closed over F or small stocks the whip graft is generally use d it is much easier to do it than to describe it ; stoc k and cion should be as near of a size as possible both are cut with a Similar Slope and i n each slope is cut a tongue as i n ﬁg 1 9 ; when the two Slopes are put to g ether the e ction

Fi g 1 9 —W HIP '

Fi g 20

GR AFT

—SIDE

G RA T

two tongues are interlo ck ed as in the engraving taking care that the inner bark of stock and cion come in con tact as completely as possible In this illu stration the parts are represented as tied with twi n e to Show the j oint below but in pra c t ice the whole is co mpletely c ov ered with a band of waxe d c loth This where practica ble is an excellent graft there bei ng no large wounds to heal over and the poin ts of union are numerous This graft is much used by nurserymen in root graft ing small apple and pear Stocks A very simple form called the side g raft is often employed by ﬂori sts and nurserymen ; th e ,

GRA FT ING

c ion is c ut to a long wedge a n d the stock has a down ward cut made in i t s stem in t o which th e cion i s inserted as in ﬁg 20 In grafti n g the C amellia and other hard wooded plants a combination of the whip and side graft is made u se of as shown in ﬁg 2 1 Grafting wax used to cover the wounds made in graft i ng may be pur c hased at th e seed and implement stores or the amateur c an make it himself I t Should be soft ,

Fig 21 .

—G R AF TIN G

LLIA

THE C AME

enough to be molded by the heat of the han d on a cool day but not so soft as to run when exposed to the heat of the su n I t is essentially rosin and bees wax with tal low or linseed oil enough to make it su fﬁciently soft A ’ good formula is rosin 2 lbs beeswax 1b tallow l lb The better way for the amateur to use this i s to melt the whole together thoroughly and then dip in it strips of well worn cloth such as may be torn from a worn ou t Sheet or calico dress These waxed stri ps will tear read ily and may be n eatly ﬁtted to the graf t to make a com ,

GA RDENING

PLE AS URE

FOR

c overing ; the ﬁngers shoul d be sli ghtly greased when applyi ng the waxed cloth

l ete p

B UDDING The Shoot or sto ck to be budde d upon must be i n a thrifty growing state so that the bark can be raised freely from the wood and the bud to be inserted must be in such a state that it Shows prominently at the axil Of the leaf S elect a smooth portion of the stem of the l allow room for n t t o i e ﬂi c u s sto ck strip it of leaves y the operation then make a c ut through the bark to the wood of an inch or so with a cross c ut at the top as shown i n ﬁg 23 ; It will be observed ,

the cross cut this is done to allow the bud to slip in bet Fi g 25 Fig 24 ter t is custom we h ; I E T D B UD B UD OU T think is not gener THE METH O D O F B UDD IN G a l but we ﬁn d the n operation i s done quicker an d better by its use The take the Shoot from which the bud is to be cut and selecting a properly developed bud cut it from the Shoot as shown which the bud in ﬁg 22 i f th e portion of the shoot from is taken is well ripened it is best to separate the wood re from the b ark of the bud ; but if not it had better main on U sually it is necessary to take the wood from b uds on the lower part of the Shoot while the upper those buds may be inserted part being less ripened The e g es of the c ut in the d ainin g w i th the woo d re m ,

G A RDENING

FOR

PLE A S URE

t u ntil they not before keeping them ra her dry ) ( start to grow freely when more water may be given P lant the bulbs thus started in the open border the first week in June The bulbs while bei n g forwarded may be kept i n any place where the thermomete r ran ges from about 65 to 75 at night We us u ally p race them n u der or alo n gside the hot water pipes in ou r g ree n houses covering them u p with paper to keep the heat of the pipes fro m them Light is not necessary u n til they have well started to grow A gree n house is not essential for startin g them in as a hot bed or even a warm sitting roo m will do nearly as well Any on e wishi n g to have their Tuberoses Started c a n do it the mselves just as well as a florist can an d as the dry bulb costs less than half the price of the start ed on e a n d i s m ore safely transported by mail or other wise a n y on e taking the trouble to do it will save expe n se a n d have the bulbs in better condition for planti n g S ome Of my readers have seen or c u ltivated the bulbs known as fancy or spotted leav ed C aladiums There are probably no plan ts that assume such varied and wonder ful markin gs of the leaves as these a n d wh e n properly grown they are among the most attractive plants at our ho rticultural fairs The continued high te mperature necessary for the healthy growth of the Tuberose is equally in dispen sable for the C aladium The bulbs we treat at first e x actly i n the same man n er as the Tube rose ; that is they should not be started much befo re May 1 st a n d never Should they be kept for any len gt h of ti me i n a less temperature than They are best started in small pots a n d Should be shifted into larger o n es as soo n as these get filled with roots S tarted in May a n d prope rly treated they should be large enough by August or S eptember to require a fl ow er pot twelve inches i n diameter and the plan t should be according to the variety from two t o three feet i n diameter a c ross the

1 st,

“

T RE A TM EN T

T R O PICAL B ULB S

EE DS

ETC

leaves C aladiums req u ire a partial Shade and if kept in a greenhouse duri n g su mmer the glass Should be shaded but the light of an ordinary sitti n g room would b e j ust about righ t so that e ven those who have n ot a greenhouse c a n grow these rather rare and beautiful plants wi th perfect ease The only thin g necessary if g rown as a win dow plan t is to turn the pot arou n d every few days so that each S ide may get a proper amou n t of light— a necessity with all plants grown i n windows The soil best suited for its growth i s that known as san dy loam to which Should be added on e third rotted manure or leaf mold The same time of starting and a S imilarly high t e ra tu re is required for Beg o nias of all ki n ds Bouvardias e p C issus C oleuses D rac ae n as Euphorbias P oi n settias a n d all other plants known as hot house or tropical and the same general treatment will in nearly all cases lead to satisfactory results All of the plan ts or bulbs referred to will dwi n dle or die if lo n g kept in a low tem portant that amateurs should ra tu re and he n ce it is i m e p re member that they ought not to attempt the Cultivation of these plants unless they h ave the mean s of steadily keepi n g up the necessary high temperature F or that reason we recomme n d that they should not be started before May as then they run less risk of bei n g chille d What is true of tropical bulbs or plants is equally so of tropical seeds Those w h o have not had experien c e or who have not th e means of keeping up th e necessary high temperature Sh ould not sow the seeds of t ropical plants before April 1 st O f vegetable seed s the best known of this class are the Tomato P epper a n d I know th ey are often Started in March in Egg plant hot beds or greenhouses with satisfactory results but let an one try expe ri m ent of ow rn g on March 1 st a n d on h t s e y April l st a n d note the result in the earli n ess of the crops from the two sowings a n d he will ﬁnd that the chances .

“

G A RDENING

FOR

PLE A S URE

are that t he last shall be first if it were always prac ti c able to keep t h e necessary temperature steadily along the first sown would be the first but this is often very difli cu l t to ac complish while there is but little dif fic u l ty w i th the later so wi ng as assistan c e i s then given by the in c reasing outside temperature F or this reason seeds of tropi c al annual flowers su c h as Amaranths of al l kin ds Balsams S alvi as D ouble P ortulacas C annas C oxcombs Zinnias et c Sho u ld not be sown before April i n the hot bed or if in the open groun d, in thi s lati tu d e, n ot b ef ore May 1 5th ,

C H A P T ER THE

P O TTING

XVI II

PL ANT S

Thi s

naturally follows the pre c eding chapter a n d I wi ll briefly state a few of the most important poi n ts ; first of all is soil or potting mold often rather a troublesome thing to get by those who have only a few dozen plants to repot The soil used by us and most flori sts for nearly every plan t we grow is one combinin g freshness ri chness and what is calle d friableness of texture ; this c ondition we get by paring off the sod from the roadside mixing it with one third of well rotted stable ma nure and throwi ng it i n heaps until it rots turning it over two or three times until the whole i s well mixed if the plants are small we run it through a fin e Si eve before using i t if large we use it rough w i thout sifting B u t it may not always be c onvenient to get this material an d it is by no means i ndispensable to su cc ess ; leaf mold from the woods mixed with any fresh field loam and a little rotted stable manure will answer nearly as well ,

PLA N TS

TH E PO IIIN G OF ' '

‘

or c i ty folks c an g et sweepings from the pavements an d these mixed in equal bulk wi th any good fresh soil that from an old cultivate d garden is not usually so good will make a potting soil in which almost any plant wi ll grow vigorously of late years we have used street sweep ings largely in our potting so il and like it very much N ow having the soil in proper condition the next thing is the pots which if they are not n e w Should be thoroughly washed so that the evaporation of moisture O ne of wil l take pl a ce freely through the porous sides the most common errors among amateur c ultivators is to put their plants in too large po ts I f a plant such as a R ose or Geranium is l ifted up out of the ground to h e potted i t Sh ould be placed in a pot only large enough to a llow an i n c h or so of soil to be pla c ed below and aroun d i ts roots — or to make i t better understood i f the plants are say a foo t high and a foot in diameter they should be pruned ba c k so that the diameter will not be more than 6 or 8 inches and for such sized plants the pot Sho u ld not be more than 6 inches wide and deep The same rule applies to plants that have been grow i ng in pots if it i s now i n a pot three in c hes wi de a proper Shift will be to one four or four an d a half i n c hes wide ; if in a five in c h sh i ft to s i x an d a half or seven i n ch and so on In taki ng a plan t out of a pot to place it i n another one turn it upside down wi th the fingers of the left hand spread over the surface of the earth or top o f the ball ; wi th the ri ght hand holding the pot by the bottom gi ve the ri m a smart rap on the edge of a b oard and the ball of earth enveloping the root will come out jus t as a j elly will out of a mold I am par t icu l ar in referri ng to th i s simple matter knowi ng that i t is no uncommon thing for ladies to break the pot wi th a hammer in the i r endeavors to get at the root although they would hardly sac rifice a bowl to get at the jelly In shifting or repotting place a li ttle soil i n the bottom ,

GA RDENING

FOR

PLE A S URE

of the pot then place in the ball of roots exactly in the ce n ter which will leave a Space of from half a n i n ch to two or three inches betwee n this a n d the sides of the pot according to the size of plant to be shifted ; to pack this Space between the side of the pot and the ball of roots wi th soil it i s better to u se a fl a t stick with which to crowd it i n moderately firm filli n g up the pot to with in a n in ch or so of the ri m this space being required to e n a ble it to hold water After potting give a good watering with a sprinkler to settle th e soil to the bottom of the pot but after this be sparing of water until the plant shows signs of new growth which will take place simultan eously with its making roots in th e fresh soil We u se no potsherds or drainage of any sort i n our pots believing it to be perfectly useless to do so the eva pora tion from the porous sides of the pot in our dry climate giving drainage enough In the greenhouse we always spread an inch or so of sand on the bench or table u pon which the plants sta n d ; th is to some e x tent pre vents the plants from being injured when waterin g h a s been too long neglected a s the pots and the soil im bibe moistu re from the sand which is usually m ore or less wet When th e plants are placed o n bare shelves either in the Sitti n g room where they are well exposed to light or in the gree n house watering should be do n e at leas t once a day provi ded they are g rowi ng vigorously ,

C H A P T ER

WIN TER

XIX

L WERING PLAN TS

F O

The i n c rease i n the taste for wi nter flow erin g plants within the past five years has been even more positive than that for the cultivatio n of plants out of doors formerly it w a s rare for fl orists to fill an order i n the fall -

, ,

WIN TER FL O WERING PLANTS

duri n g the months of O ctober N ove mber D ecembe r they make Shipments daily i n large an d quantities to every section of the country ; a n d these nearly equalin g in nu mber th ose of plants for the Open ground in May a n d June The plants best suited for ﬂo w erin g i n wi n ter may be di vided i nto two classes F irst those requ iri n g a moderate tempe rature at night 0 n ts are an ave age of 5 degrees Whether the pla sa y r grown in the parlor or sitti n g room of a private dwellin g or in a gree n house especially constructed for their c ul tu re the co n dition s should be as nearly as possible the same tha t is u n iformity of te mperature rangi n g from 4 5 to a n d an avoidance of a dry atmosph ere it is easy e n ough i n the greenhouse to get a prope rly liu mid atmosphere by sprinklin g the paths with water ; but i n a ro om i n the dwelli n g house the o n ly thin g that n be d on e i s to place pa n s of water on the stove fur ca nace or whatever may be the source of heat If plan ts are kept in a sitting room or parlor an east south east or s outh asp e ct sh ould be chosen Plan ts of the class th at may be grown at an average te mperature of 5 0 degrees are Azaleas Abutilo n s Ageratu ms C arnations C atalonian J e ssa mi n e s C ape J ess a mi n es C inerarias C amellias C allas C h ori z e ma s Geran i ums o f all ki nds H ibiscus Hyacinths Myrsiphyllum ( S milax ) Maher nias P rimulas S tevias R oses Violets an d the various ki n ds known as green hou s e plants which together with those above named can b e found fully described i n the ’ ﬂ ori sts catalogues The seco n d class or hot house plants require an aver age temperature oi 60 degrees at night the range of which howe ver may occasionally ru n from 55 to 65 wi thout injury O f these we name the following ! B e gonias Bouvardi as C lerodendrons Euphorbias Epiph yl lums F uchsias H eliotropes P oi n settia R oses (these will do in e i ther temperature ) Tuberoses etc For de but

n ow ,

GARDENING

64 scrip ti on s of

FOR

PLEA S URE

varieties reference may be ma d e to the cat The necessity for this difference in temperature a l ogu es i s not absolute as many plants will do parti ally well in either but we make this distinction as a guide to those havin g a choice of temperatures in order that they may select the plants that are b est adapted to the one at com man d In a greenhouse particularly if heate d by a flue there i s often a di fference of five or ten degree s between on e en d an d the other i n such a case the plan ts named in the first c lass must b e placed at the c ool end a n d those of the se c ond class at the other O ne of the most troublesome pests of plants grown i n the greenhouse or sittin g room in wi n ter is the aphi s or green fly as i t i s terme d ; we have no difficulty in gettin g rid of i t in the gree n house when i t i s separate from the house ; all that is neces sa ry i s to get some to bacco stems (such as a re thrown out as refuse by cigar makers ) an d soak them in water f or a min ute or two about half a pou n d or so for a greenhouse 25 x 20 feet i s place d over a small handful of shavings o nl y enough t o light the dampene d toba c co as too many mi ght in jure the plants by smoke ; the burne d tobacco stems gi ve out reen fly To a smoke that i s quickly fatal to the g thoroughly prevent the leas t appearance of this in sect the greenhouse must be fumigated every f our or five days We fumi gate all our greenhouses twice each week d uri n g the entire year our rule bein g that an aphis must never be seen upon any plant in the houses If the greenhouse i s attache d t o the dwelling so tha t the tobacco smoke woul d find i ts way i nto the rooms recourse may be ha d to another remedy tak e these same waste tobac c o stems and steep them in water until the li qui d is o f the color of strong tea wi th this water syri nge the plants freely twi ce a week this wi ll n ot only effectually destroy the green fly but will keep in check most other insects that i nfest plants Where only a few pla nts are k ept i n ,

“

G A RDENING

FO R

PLEA S URE

d estroyi ng

mildew on roses either outside or under cover Boil one lb of li me a n d one lb of sulphur in two gal lons of water until it is reduced to one gallo n allow the liquid to settle until clear and bottle it for use ; on e gill o n ly no more of this liquid is mixed in ďŹ ve gallo n s and this syri n ged thoroughly over the rose of water lants i n the eveni n g I f in the house so that syringi n g p cann ot be done di p the plan ts in it as recommended for the tobacco water AS with most other reme di es we pre fer to use this h e and sulphur mixture as a preve n tive rather than as a cure and we apply it to our roses at l east o n ce a week even though there is no appearan c e of mildew In proportion as plants are kept free from in sects and mildew s o will be their vi gor a n d their thrifti For more complete information see special chapter ness on insects a n d mildew I may here warn the a mateur agai n st the too common i n t oo large pots ractice of placing plants A S a gen p eral thin g when plants are received from the ďŹ&#x201A;orists they are sent without pots and are usually i n a con di tion requiri n g them to be Shifted into a pot larger than they had been growing in ; for example if they have been grown in a pot of 3 i n ches diameter pl a ce them in on e a size la rger or 4 inches in diameter if they we re in 4 inch pots give them one 5 or 6 inches across and so on Though we entirely ign ore the u se of crook s or d rain age in pots in ou r own practice whe re we have always the z es to use i n potting yet in cases where a suita roper si p ble sized pot is n ot on han d i n to which to shift (for e x ample, i f a plant that has bee n grown in a pot of 3 inches diameter must be put in one of 6 i n ches ) th en by all means ďŹ ll up one third of this too large pot with broken pots charcoal or some such material to drain off the surplus moisture that would otherwise be injurious in consequence of the pot being too large for the plan t but if the pot into which it is Shifted is .

UNHE A LTHY PLA N TS— TH E RE M EDY

properly adj usted to the wants of the plant the putti n g in of c rook s for drai n age i s worse than useless I care not what the plant may be O ur greenhouse establishment now covers nearly two acres yet not a pot is so drain ed The need of a larger pot is shown by the earth becomi n g s o ﬁlled with roots that they well cover the outside of the ball but Shiftin g into a larger pot should be done while the roots are yet white ; if left until the roots g et thor oughly matted b rown and hard it is too late and the future growth will be seriously retarded If the plant has been allowed to reach this condition which we c all pot bou n d it is best to lay the ball of roots on one han d and slap it smartly so as to loosen it by this treatme n t the new ﬁb res strike ou t more read ily from the hard roots than if left with the ball still compact After Shiftin g a plan t give it on e good water ing so that the soil will be thoroughly soaked to the bot tom of the pot ; but after that keep rather dry until the re are i n dicatio n s of n ew growth F or man n er of pot tin g se e chapter on The P ottin g of P lants We are often asked as to th e u se of guano and other fertilizers on i n door plan ts As a gen eral thi n g we u se none in our o w n practice prefe rri n g to shift the plants i nto fresh soil at the proper time rather than to do so and we would advise the same to ou r frien ds of less experience for the u se of all such stimulants i s u n der certain c ondi ti ons of the plants dangerous in u n practiced hands ,

“

C H A P T ER U NH EAL

T HY PL AN T S—THE RE MED Y

Wh enever plants begin to d rop thei r leaves it IS cer tain that their heal t h h a s been i n j ured ; this may be due to over pottin g over wateri n g over heating too much cold ,

G ARDENING

PLE A S URE

FOR

or the applic ation of su c h stimulants as guano or to some other cause wh i ch h a s destroyed the ﬁn e rootlets by which the plant feeds an d induced diseas e that may lead to death The case is not usually important enough to call in a plant doctor SO the amateur begins to treat the pati ent and the prac ti c e is in all probability not u nl ike that of many of our househol d physicians wh o apply a remedy that in c re as es the disease H aving already de stroyed the so to speak nutritive organs of the plant the stomach is gorged with food by applying water or wi th medicine by applying guano or some patent plant food Now the remedy is nearly akin to what is a good one whe n the animal digestion is deran ged— give it no more food until it re acts We must then if the roots of the plant have been i n jured from any of the above named causes let the soil in which it is potted become nearly dry ; then remove the plant from the pot ta ke the ball of soil in which the roots have been enveloped an d crush it between the han d s just enough to allow all the sour outer crust of the ball of earth to be Shaken off then re pot in rather dry soil (composed of any fresh s oil mixed with equal bulk of leaf mold or street sweep ings ) using a new ﬂ ow er pot or the old on e thor ough ly washin g it so that the moisture can freely evap orate through th e pores Be careful not to over feed the L et the pot be only large enough to admit s ick plant of not more than an inch of soil between the pot and ball of roots After re potting give it water enough to set tle the soil an d d o not apply any more until the plant h a s begun to grow unless i n d eed the atmosphere is so dry that the moisture has entirely evaporated from the soil then of c ourse water must be gi ven or the patient may di e from the opposite cause— starvation The dan ger to be avoided i s in all probability that which brough t on the sickness namely ! saturation of the soil by too mu c h water ay i n d u c e Other c auses m Sickn ess in ,

PLA NTS S UITED

FOR S

U MM ER DEC OR ATI ON

plants such as an es c ape of gas i n the apartment or smoke from a flue in the green house but in all cases when the leaves fall from a plant withhold water and if there is reason to believe that the soil has been po i son e d by gas or soddened with moisture shake it from the roots as before advi sed and re pot in a fresh fl ow er pot Many years ago when I used smoke flu es in my greenhouses some kindling wood carelessly thrown on the top of one of them ign i ted and the smoke cause d the leaves of every plant to drop There were some plants mostly Tea R oses in the greenhouse ; it woul d have been too much of a j ob to re pot all but by vvith holdin g water for some ten days they starte d a n eW growth again an d very few plants were inj ure d ,

C H A P T ER

PLANTS

SU I

T ED

FOR

XXI

U MM E R DEC ORATION

! uite a number of wi nter bloomin g plants c an also b e used for flowerin g i n the open borders in summer Among these are C arnations H eliotropes F u c hsias Ge ra n i u m s and parti c ularly the monthly varieties of R oses Also the fo l lowin g not strictly winter fl ow erin g are su c h as wi ll gi ve a c ontinuous bloom during the whole season from June until Oc tober or N ove mber Antirrhinums raised either from Seeds or cuttings D warf D ahlias ( ) Eryt hrin a or C oral P lant Gladiolus Geraniums of all kinds particularly the class known as Zonal double a n d Single L antanas L obelias seeds or cutti n gs P etu ( ) nias single (seeds or cuttin gs ) P etu n ias double Pa n si e S seeds only P entstemons P assion fl R onde o r w e s ( ) l etias S alvi as ( seeds or cuttings ) Trop aeolums (see d s or -

“

G A RDENING

FOR

PLE A S URE

cuttings ) ; Verbenas (seeds or cuttings ) ; Veroni cas All o f the above have their principal attraction in thei r flowers The following are only useful for the brilliant color ing or other peculiarities of foliage Alternan thera s Achyranthes Art e misias C erastium C en taureas (seeds s C oleus C inerarias (seeds or or cuttings ) ; C aladiu m cutti n gs ) ; D rac aenas Echeverias Geraniums (silve r gold variegated Ivies ; Lysi machia variegated or bronze ) ; Grasses ; Peri stroph e Sa n ch ez ia nobilis Vi n ca maj or ’ etc etc F or descriptions se e flori sts catalogues All of the above can be raised from Slips or cuttin gs taken from plan ts (or by seeds where noted ) during the win ter or early spring months— January F ebruary March or April either from plants that have bee n kept for flowering in winter or fr om large plants that have been preserved for the pu rpose of propagation ; the young plants raised from slips are in nearly every instance preferable to the ol d plants O ur p ractice is to grow the old or stock plants si mply to make cutti n gs until we get enough from them and then to th row the old plant away reservi n g the young o n es only for sell ing or for our own plantin g in the Open borders C u tti n gs are rooted in the way described in the chapter on Propagatio n of Plants by C uttings or if by seeds as in chapter on P ropagation by S eeds The young plan ts should first be po t ted in 2 inch pots an d if early i n the season they will require to be shifted into 3 i n ch pots before it is ti me to plan t them out in the o pen ground which it is n ot safe to do in this latitu d e u n til the middle of May ; n or in any other latitude befo re the time when tomatoes or egg plan ts can safely be plan ted out Nothi n g is more satisfactory t o the lover of fl owers than raisin g hi s ow n plants no matter how able h e may be to purchase Th ose of his ow n raising whether for his ow n u se o r to prese n t to his friends are always more val n able than an t h ing that money c an b uy O ne of the y .

PLA N TS S UITED

FO R

U MM ER DEC ORA TI ON

most common mistakes made by pu rchasers of plants i n c ity markets is that of almost invariably choosing large pla n ts forced into flower ; such plants are usu ally o wn under a high temperature to get them in bloom r g early and many a housewife has found that the beautiful full bloomin g plant of a R ose F uchsia or P elarg onium which she so ten derly carried home will in 4 8 hours drop i ts fl owers and leaves in the cooler and drier atmosphere of her greenhouse parlor or garden B ut the florist is hardly to blame for this though I know he is often se v erel y ce n sured ; not one in a score of those w h o pur chase plants in spring will buy any plant u nless it is in bloom the florist grows plants to sell and must suit the wants of his customer This partial divergence from the subject in hand is to Sh ow that the small slips or cut ti n gs that the amateu r may raise himself are in most in sta n ces better than full blown forced plan ts costin g This is parti cularly so with monthly 50 0 or $ 1 each R oses Verbenas a n d P etu n ias young plants of these set out in May if n ot more than 3 or 6 inches high will grow and bloom i n profusion the entire summer whil e those which have been forced if they re c over at all will be greatly inferior We plant our youn g R oses i n May u sually in beds 4 feet wide setting th e plants 1 2 inches apart each way th ey begin to bloom by the middle of June and con t in u e without i n terruption until checked by frost in the fall and so with most other kinds here named nearly all of which are from young plan ts propagated during the The product of cuttings or w inter a n d spring months slips from a Stock plant varies greatly a c cording to th e kind A good healthy plant of F uchsia sa y 1 8 inches high will easily gi ve 4 0 cuttings while a R ose or Gera niu m of th e same size will not afford half tha t number A fair average for medium sized plants of those name d woul d be 1 0 c uttings or Sli ps to ea c h plant, so that start ou r

“

G A RDENING

FOR

PLEA S URE

i ng wi th 1 00 plants in the fall by May would b e no unreasonable increase to expect or in that ratio be the number more or less I f large quantities of plants are wanted for summer de c oratio n by those who have neglected to propagate them or did not wish to do so they should purchase you ngp la n ts in March or April at which time the florists to make room in their houses sell them at very low rates usually not more than one fourth of the price that the same pla n ts forced into bloom in May would cost S uch plants at tha t season are grown mainly in 2 and 3 in c h pots if taken from these pots sa y by 1 st of April and kept in any cool room or greenhouse where the te mperature will average 4 5 or 5 0 at n ight by the time of setting out in May they wi l l have formed far better plants than those pushed rapidl y into flower i n May O r in other words $ 1 0 expended i n March or April will buy one hundre d plants which if cared for as above described will by the middle of May be of more value than the plants $50 would b uy at that d ate from the same flori st ,

C H AP T ER HA

XXII

NGING BASKETS

Baskets i n whi ch to grow plants are now ma d e i n a great variety of styles and of di ff erent materials What are are made wi th the k n own as rusti c baskets (fig receptacle for the earth c overed mostly with laurel roots which assume an endless variety of grotesque Shapes well fitted for givin g a rustic appearance to the outer covering of the hanging basket The n there a re the diff erent forms of w i re baskets (fig which when used are li ne d wi th ,

“

G A RDENING

PLE A S URE

FOR

p ai l or tub of water s o that the earth is thoroughly soake d through how often this i mmerson will be necessary will depend on the weather the condition of the plan ts and the quantity of earth If the bowl of the basket is full of roots a n d the weather hot and dry then once each day may be necessary while if the weather i s damp a n d cool it might n o t require watering more tha n once a week The rule with these as with all plants is— never water unless they are d ry and then wate r thoroughly Just wha t this conditio n of bein g dry is is not quite S O easy to describe as a rule most soils when dry become lighter in color a n d crumble freely between the ﬁ n gers and are free from the putty like c onsistency they have when wet Th e bowls of rustic and Terra C otta forms of han ging baskets are usually wi thout any holes for dr ai n age when such is the case the purchaser Should have a few holes s a y one fourth inch in diameter made in the bottom of the bowl else there is dan ger that the earth around the roots may beco me satura ted with water unless u n usual care is take n in wateri n g There is great d iversity of taste d isplayed in t h e material with which these baskets are ﬁlled a n d n o special list of plants can be given that will not require to be an n ually changed a n d amen d ed as new plan ts a re intro duced When han gi n g baskets are wan ted for use in sh ady ro oms n ellas or on Shaded verandas mosses selagi are used ( ) and sometimes exclusively Then for th e same c ondi tions I vies of all sorts C issus Tradescantias S edums or S tone C rops F ittonias Lysimachia or Mo n eywo rt Vi n as plants to Ivy leaved Geraniums S mi lax etc c aS droop over the sides or to be train ed to climb on the trellis work or supports of the basket while in the center there a re used upright plants such as D rac aenas of sorts n taureas C if for summer Marantas e C aladiu ms ) ( Echeverias F ern s Sa n ch e z i a n obilis and other plan ts of striking form or foli age F or baskets to be plac ed in the ,

“

WIND OW G A RDENING

sun or i n g oo d light an entirely different class of plants is needed for with the light we get flowers AS droopi n g plants for the edges of these may be named Alternan theras Peri stroph e angustifo l ia var L obelias Trop eco lums Mesembryant hemums P etunias single and double while for u p Pa ssi fl oras R ondeletias Torren i a s etc right or c enter plants Achyranthes C oleus Bego n ias Geraniums Zonal double single an d variegated leaved or any plant of not too large a growth a n d which h a s brightness of foliage or flower If hanging baske ts a re exposed to the full rays of the su n or even partially so coveri n g the surfa c e of the soil with moss from the woods will protect it from drying too quickly and will also give the basket a neater appearan ce The soil used for hang ing baskets need in no way di ffer from that f or plants grown i n pots ,

, ,

C H A P T ER

XXIII

WINDOW GARDENING

Window gardenin g during th e summer months is mu c h more successful in En gland than with us o wi ng to a more temperate climate a n d hence is there a l most universally practise d In the citi es espe ci ally where Space is economized by placing story upon story a n d the buildings are so close that there is of t en no room for even a spear of grass to be grown the only garden that is possible is one formed i n a box on the win dow sill ; this is limited in its extent as the Space afford e d is only some 4 or 5 feet in le n gth from 8 to 1 0 inches wi de with a depth for the soil of about 6 inches These boxes are made of a great variety of materials such as wood terra cotta iron et c acc ordin g to th e ,

GA RDENING

FOR

PLE A S URE

taste or means of t h e owner As the boxes are usually too high up to all ow of a close exami n atio n a n d th e sides soon become draped with droppin g plants an ordinary box of pine as in ﬁg 2 9 will a ns wer as well as a more e x pensive one ; as it is exposed t o the weather and the weight of the earth is co n siderable it should be put to .

Fig 29 — P .

LAIN

W IN

D OW B OX -

gether very firmly H aving procured t h e box then let a ti n smith make a lining or box of zi nc that will exactly fit in side of it this needs only a few tacks at the upper edge to hold the zinc to the wood A more expensive is ma de of wood lin ed with zinc and the box (fig exterior c overed with ornamental tiles which are kept in place by a proper molding at the margi ns A box of this ki n d may be c overed with floor oil cloth and if a proper pattern be selected it cannot at a few yards off be told from the mu c h more c ostly tiles Many of the Streets .

Fig 30 — w rNDow -B ox .

OR N AMEN TED

W ITH

L S

TI E

of L ondon and Edinburgh duri n g the summer months present a pleasing appearance that can not fail to inter e st even those who have no taste for ﬂowers The plan ts used are main ly such as we reco mmen d for hangi n g bas kets those design ated for shady p osition s bei n g used on the shady sides of the streets and those for ﬂowering on the sunny Sides These window gardens in summer produ c e ,

PA RLOR G A RDENING

the ﬁnest e ffe c t when planted wi th some drooping spe cies F or ou r climate duri n g the summer months when exposed to full su n strong vigo rous growing plants must be selected such as Trop ae olums P etu n ias Pa ssiﬂ ora s etc While for the same position the upright plants may be double and single Gerani ums H eliotropes Mignonnette and the like F or w i ndow boxes on the Shady Side use the plants recommended for hangi n g baskets in sh ad e The soil may be Such as is used for pots Wa te ri n g must be given as recommended for han ging b as kets only in the case of th e wi ndow box it would not be practicable to immerse i t nor is there th e same necessity for doing so as the box is less exposed than the hanging b asket which is suspended and surrounde d by dryi n g air upon all Sides These remarks refer to window gar denin g outside of the wi n dows or on the outer Sill If the boxes are placed inside in w inter which they may be the treatment recommended in chapter on W i nter F loweri ng P lants wi ll b e app lic ab le ,

C H A P T ER

PARLOR GARD ENING

XXIV

CUL T IVATION R O OM S

TH E

PLANTS

P arlor Garden ing has to some extent been treated of under the head of winter flowering plants but a few a d diti on al general directions for plants not specially de sign ed for wi nter floweri n g may be acceptable O ne of the first conditions essential to success is to start wi th healthy plants Even all the professional Skill of the florist wi th all his appliances will often fai l to get a si ckl y plant into a healthy cond i ti on What then c an ,

G A RDENING

FO R

PLE A S URE

the amateur florist expe c t to do in the often unequal temperature and dry atmosphere of a sitting room or parlor If the plants are purchased from the florist in a u tumu to grow in the house they are likely to be healthy and are usually in a c on di tion to shift into a pot one size larger instructio n s for doing this are given in the chap ter on Winter F lowering P lants But if the plan ts to be cultivated in the house are such as have been growing in your own flower borders plants that were set out in ’ Spri n g and have now the full summer s luxurian t growth s till on them then pro pe r precaution must be taken in lifting them and placi n g them in pots or the result is c ertai n to be most unsatisfactory What may seem to the novice a little singular is that the more luxuriant the growth of the plant in the open border the mo re danger there i s that it will wilt or die when li f ted in the fall and pl a ced in a pot The reason of this is obvious when it is know n that just in proportion to the top growth of a plant is the wide spread development of roots and there fore when you li ft a fin ely grown Geranium or R ose in O ctober it is next to impossible if it is to be got into a suitable sized fl ow er pot to do so without such mutila tion of the young roots as will certainly kill it if pre ca u tion is not taken to c u t off at leas t two thirds of its bran ches If the plant is thus potted and kept as dry as it will stand without actually withering until it starts growth you may hope to have a fairly healthy specimen by D ecember if the liftin g was done in O ctober But this practice though often one of necessity is never sat i sfa c t ory If the plants that have don e servi c e in the borders in summer are to be used as ornaments for the parlor in fall w i nter and spring they must have a dif feren t treatment All plants that are intended for future culture in rooms should be potted in th e u sual way i nto 5 or 6 inch pots when set out in May or J une ; these pots should be set in the flower bor d ers b ut planted ,

“

PA RLOR G A RDENING

or plung e d as it is c alled so that the ri m o f the pot is level with the surfa c e of the ground The plants will flower if so desired i n these pots nearly as well as if set di rectly in the open ground but if wanted for flowerin g in winter they will bloom much better to have the fl ow I t is also in di spen sa e r buds picked off as fall approaches bly necessary that the hole i n the bottom of the pot be entirely stopped so that the roots cannot get through The obj e c t being to confin e the roots completely w i thin the bounds of the pot so that when taken up in the fall to be shifted i nto a larger pot the roots w il l be undis t u rb e d and the plant will grow on un c hecked If this i s not done and the roots fin d their way through the bottom of the pot there will be the same difficulty with the roots as if they had not been potted About the best time to tak e plants in doors in th is climate i s the mid dle of O ctober in c older localities earlier of course and in warmer later ; always bearin g i n mind that the lon g er they can be kept in the open air provi ded they are safe from frost the better P lants suite d for parlor culture requiring a temperature of from 4 0 to 50 at night with an average of 1 0 or 20 higher duri ng the day are as follows These are known as greenhouse plants F or d escriptions see c a tal og ue s o f flori sts an d nurserymen ,

c a cia s

C u ph e a s , Da phn e s ,

Az al e as ,

E c h ev erias Fern s G re enh ou se *

*A l te rn an th eras *A a v e s g

Fev erf e w s

ch yran th es s Age ra tu m * C al l as C al c e ol arias Ch oriz ema C in e a rias *C a rn a t ions C y cl a men

F ch sia s ! G era ni u m s —P el arg oni u m s Hoya s ( w a x pla t) H oll a n d B u l b s of all ki n ds *J e s s am i es —C a tal on i an i e S— C a p e J essa m Ivi es—p arl or an d ha rdy *Ix ora s L il y o f th e Vall ey

L ob eli as ,

*Ab u til

ds n

* u

mell ias

G A RDENING

M esembryanth emu ms

FOR

( w ax pin

Mimul u s— Mus k *My s i ph yll u m or S m il a x

O ra n g e s,

Primul as d oubl e and *R o s e s *Sc u te ll a rias Ve o i cas Vin c s Vi ol et s Yu c c as *

sing l e,

PLE A S URE

r n

Ol e an d e rs ,

P e tu n ias

What are known as hot h ouse or tropic al plants re quire a higher temperature than the preceeding and c annot be well grown unless wi th a night temperature of from 60 to and a day temperature of from 1 0 to 2 0 higher The follow ing of most of wh ic h there are several varieties c an b e foun d d es c rib ed in the c ata l ogu es of dealers -

Al l a

man d a s

F ern s trop ic al H eli otrop es Hi b is cu s M ra ntas Orchid s ( of s om e k in d s)

Al l o c as ia s,

B egon ia s B o v ardi a s C l a d iu ms Cissu s C le od e n drons C ob aeas C o t on s C ol eu s D r caen as E u p h orbi as E p i ph yll u ms—C ac tu s E ra th emu ms

P e peromi a s P oin s ettia

S al vi as , Sa n ch e z ias ,

’

Pa ssiﬂ oras ,

reni a s ,

‘

op aeo l u

Tu b eroses

Th is matter of temperature h as everythin g to d o with the su cc essful c ultivati on of plants in rooms or i n fact anywhere If you attempt for example to grow Bou va rdi a s or Begonias in an average temperature of 4 5 at the plants will barely live and will not flower n ight nor be healthy O n the other hand if you subject your C amellias or Gerani u ms to an average of 65 at night by fire heat In Wi nter you are almost c ertain to have the flowers drop prematurely A S a rule there are more of th e plants known as greenhouse that w i ll en d ur e the ,

G A RDENING

PLE A S URE

FOR

soaking ; those not so dry water more sparingly an d give those in which the soil Shows that it i s wet no n e what ever L et the water drain off pic k off any dead leaves and replace the pots again on the stand being careful to chang e them as far as possible so that each Side of the plant may get its fair share of light if the same part is always placed to the light the plan t w ill soon be c ome drawn to one Si de ,

C H A P T ER

XXV

WAR DIAN CAS E S FERNERIE S ,

RDINIERES

AND

The forms of plant cases for the growth of such plants as requi re a m oist still atmosphe re a c on dition imp os si ble to obtain In a room in a dwelli n g house , n or e ve n in a greenhouse unless it is specially erected for the purpose are numer The form commonly know n ou s as the Wardian Case (ﬁg h as a base or tray u sually of blac k wal n u t about 6 inches deep and line d with zinc and glass Sides and top ; these differ i n size some being as large as 3 feet on the Sides An other neat and cheaper form is made o f or other Terra C otta (ﬁg earthen ware these are u sually Fig 3 2 —W AR D IAN C ASE roun d i n Shape and of various In all these the Si zes from 9 to 1 8 inches in diameter plants must be covered with glass i n the Wardian C as e there i s glass all around the sides and t op the top bei n g h inged to allow the escape of excess of mo i sture In the J a rdi niere s, or ci rc ular form the plants are covered by a '

WA RDI A N CA S E S FERNERIE S

AN D J A

RDINIERE S

b ell glass whi c h i s tilte d up a l i ttle at the Si de when there is an appearance of excess of mo i sture Th i s con dition of ex c ess is kn own by the gl ass be c omin g dimme d by moisture and the water tri ckling down the Side U sually when this appearan c e i s seen by rai sing the glass lid of the Wardian C ase an inch or so for a day it w ill reli eve i t enough to enable i t to be k ept c lose wh ic h i s the proper way to keep i t f or the well being o f the plants The lants g rown i n th i s are w a p y of kinds value d for their b eauty o f foliage rather than for the ir flowers and should b e su c h as are rather of a slow growth all rampant growi n g Plan ts 3 11 0 11 as 0 0 Fig 33 — FER N ER Y W IT H GLA SS H AD E S leus are unsuite d The efi ec tiven ess of these c ases depen d a great deal on the arran gement of the plants ; the tallest and most c on spic u ou s things sh oul d be i n the c enter with smaller ones towards the e dges varying the i nterest by c ontrasting the differen t colori n gs an d forms of leaves Among th e plants b est su i te d f or growi n g under these glass coveri ng s are D rac aenas Gymn osta ch yums Marantas C aladiums some o f the orn amental leave d Eranthemums and dwarf growin g B ego n i as P eperomi as et c and F erns and L yc o po d s of the finer sorts The most of these are plants whose natural hab i tat i s Sha dy woo d s or marshes ; and for thei r well being the nearest that the Wardian C ase or Jardin iere c an be made to i mi tate such the b etter Th e soi l used i n these c ases should be li ght and porous The most convenient an d a very s u itable materi al is the l eaf mold wh ich can be got in any pi ece of woodlan d After plantin g the so i l Shoul d b e watere d freely so that -

G A RDENING

FOR

PLE A S URE

it is settled around the roots And to allow evaporation ventilation Should be gi ven for a few days after the wate r i n g when the glass may be put down close o n ly to be ope n ed as befo re directed when an excess of moisture O ther than this there is no trouble S hows on the glass whatever in the management ; the watering gi ven on planting will be su fficient to keep it moist enough for 6 or 8 weeks In winter the temperatu re of the room in which the Wardian c ase or fernery is kept may run from 5 0 to 70 at night These closed cas es of either kind may be used for growing H yaci n ths in w inter if de sired for which t hey are particularly well adapted ; only that when brought into the room to flower the cases will require daily ventilation Afte r planting the H yacin ths in the cases however it must n ot be forgot ten that they must be kept in a cool d ark place u n til they root just as when they are grown in pots or glasses F or further i n structions on this head see Hyacin ths L ily of the Valley c an also be grown finely i n a Wardian case ; but as it requires some special treatment we give it in a separate chapter .

C H A P T ER

WINT ER F ORCING

XXVI

LILY

TH E

THE

VALLE Y

W i thin the past three years the fashion for the flowers of Lily of the Valley has increased to such an extent that though the importation of roots has probably trebled each year the price of the flower is still quite as high as when the forcing first begun The failures which attend the w inter floweri n g of this plant are mainly owin g to the use of improperly developed roots As with oth er ,

W INT ER F ORCING

TH E

LILY

OF TH E

VA LLEY

imilar plants a certain size or development of the crown or underground bud is essential to produce the ﬂower What that size should be i s not even wi th the most ex In the Tuberose e ri en c e d always easy to determine p the Japan and some other Lilies we ﬁnd that bulbs that are less than in ch in d i ameter are not c ertai n to S

Fi g 34 — .

LILY

OF TH E vAL L EY B U D

—G OO D

flower The crown or pip as florists sometimes call it of the L ily of the Valley when sufficiently developed to flower Should be of the size and Shape Sh own in fig Those too small to flower a re like that shown in fig 34 But these rules as to size a n d shape are not given as 35 c ertain for few have had experience enough to say with accura c y at wh at size the crown of the L ily of the Valley will n ot flower although we may sa y wi th some certainty if the crown is large that it will do so I t is the wan t of th is knowledge that in my opinion has ma d e the “

GA RDENING

FOR

PLEA S URE

floweri n g of the Lily of th e Valley so u ncertain when forced A S in forcin g the Hyacinth and other Similar bulbs crowns of the Lily of the Valley shoul d be cove red up outside for a few weeks before being brought into the greenhouse or house to force Tho se we flower are put in about the middle of N ovember packed closely to gether in light rich soil in boxes three inches deep These are c overed up outside with hay the first of .

January they are then brought into a greenhouse facing north where there is no direct sunlight at that season The temperature is kept at about wi th a moist a t mosph ere and by the first of F ebruary they are in full flower The Lily of the Valley could be grown fi n ely in a Wardian case as it would there get the proper light with the necessary damp at mosphere When grown in greenhouses exposed to sunlight it is necessary to shade ,

GREENH OU SE S

TTA CHED

D WELLING S

the glass very heavily When the ďŹ&#x201A;owers are about to open they should then have li ght to gi ve the leaves a healthy green color .

C H A P TER

RE ENH OU SE S

XXVII

TTA CHED

DW EL L IN GS

taste engendered by grow ing plants i n rooms o ften resul t s in a desire to have more appropriate quarters for the plants and a greenhouse follows This always affords the most satisfaction when i t i s so attached to the dwell ing that opening a door or wi ndow from the dinin g ro om or parlor reveals the glo ries of the g reenhouse The greenhouse when attached to the dwelling Should be always on the east south east south or south west Sides never on the north I t may be of any length or wi dth If of ten feet width it wi ll cost for erec desired tion from $ 4 to $ 6 per running foot accor di ng to the character of the work If 20 feet wide from $ 8 to $ 1 0 per running foot This i s exclusive of heating which if done by hot water pipes wi ll cost for 1 0 feet wide about $ 4 per running foot ; if 20 feet w i de about $ 8 per running foot Thus to c ompl ete a co n servatory with h eating apparatus Shelves etc 1 0 feet wide by 40 feet long it would cost about $ 4 00 ; if 2 0 x 4 0 feet about $ 8 00 I n th i s estimate it is assumed that the heat ing is to be done by the Base Burning Water heater of H itchings C o This heating apparatus is of re c ent invention and is ex c eedingly well adapted for the pur ose as the ďŹ re requires no more attention than any p ordinary base burn ing stoves The boiler takes up no more room than an ordinary stove an d requ ires no set Th e

RDENING

FOR

PLE A S URE

ting ; i t i s shown in ﬁg 3 6 and in secti on i n ﬁg 3 7 I t is fed by coal from the top and can be left wi th safety 1 0 or 1 2 hours without any attention I t must be borne in mi n d that in constructi n g the conservatory it must be built wh ere a chimney is a c cessible by which to carry off the smoke from the boiler or water heater, j ust as would .

Fi g 36 .

—B ASE B UR N ER -

Fig 3 7 — .

SEC TION

necessary for an ordi nary stove If the green house is small enough to be heated from a register from th e furn ace that heats the d welling much of the cos t may be saved as it will be seen that nearly half of the cost Of co n struction is the hea ting apparatus Figure 3 8 shows a front elevation of a c o n servatory su i table to .

G A RDENING

FOR

PLE A S URE

attac h to d wellings ; thi s i s 1 6 feet w i de and 30 f ee t in length I ts ground plan showi ng the a rrangement of the benches and walks is gi ven i n ﬁg 3 9 S uch a structure in every way complete hea ted with H it chi ng s B ase B urn i ng water heater Should not ex c ee d $ 60 0 .

C H A P T ER A

XXVII I

D ETACHED GREENHO U S E

GRA PERY

c ases where more e x tended glas s structures are de sired they are be t ter if det a ched from the dwellin g The Structure now gi ven in figs 40 and 4 1 i s called a cu rvilinear span roofed house 1 0 0 feet in len gth by 2 0 in width fig 4 0 shows the end view a n d plan and fig 41 gives su fficient of the elevation to Sho w the end and a part of the Side The ends Should fa c e north and south ’ S O that the d i s t ributio n of the sun s rays wi ll be equal on each side O f course there is nothing arbitra ry in the size it may be made 50 75 or 1 0 0 feet in length or 20 to 25 feet in width as desired and may be used either for th e purposes of a vi nery for the growing of foreign grapes or for a conservato ry as desired All the wallin g from the surface of the ground to th e glass of a greenhou se ha d better be made of wood unl ess the wal ls are made very thick when built of b rick or stone the continued warfare in winter between a zero temperature outsi de and 60 to 70 inside w ill in a year or two destroy brick or s t one walls When the walls are formed of woo d the best way i s t o place locust posts at di stances of four feet apart and nail to these a sheath ing of boards ; against th e boards tack asphaltum or tarred paper an d again against that pla c e the weather b oardi ng This forms a wall ,

DETA CHED GR EENH O U S E

S C AL EL Fig 40 .

GR A PERY

N D -v IEw AND

-E

L AN

DETACHE D

GR EENH

OUSE

0 R GRAPER

G A RDENING

Fig 41 — E .

LEVATION

( IN

)

PAR T

FOR

PLE A S URE

DETACHED

GR EENH

OUSE OR

GR APER

DETA CHED GREENH OU SE

GRA PERY

wh i ch if kept painted wi ll last for 5 0 years and is equally warm as a 1 2 inch brick wall and costs less than half We have had j ust such a structure in u se for the past five years as a cold vinery that is having no heating apparatus the forwardi n g being done only by the action of the su n on the glass and it has proved a cheap and satisfactory luxury A conservatory or grapery of this style costs from $ 1 0 to $ 1 5 per ru n nin g foot without heating apparatus H eated by hot water it would cost If heated by a h ori z on t al flue $20 to $ 3 0 per run n in g foot in th e man n er here described t h e cost will be only about $ 1 5 per runni n g foot Any g ood bricklayer should be able to build a s moke flu e from the following instructions L et the bars for the gra te be for a glass surface of say 5 0 0 2 feet in length and about 1 0 inches i n S quare feet ) width or in the proportion of about one hal f a square inch of gra te surfa ce to one square foot of glass Most masons of any experie n ce know how to buil d a g reenhouse flue bu t there are a few important points the knowle dge of which is absolutely ne c essary to c omplete su c cess F irst the furnace p i t if not naturally dry must be made so by draining After setting the grate bars in the usual way by resting them on an i ron plate let into the bri ck work at fro n t and back the sides of the furnace Should be built with fire brick and fire c lay if at all procurable to the hight of from 1 0 to 20 inches according to size want ed O n these walls an arch i s turned over to cover the furnace ; the ne c k of the furn ac e ri sing at a sharp angle for from 2 to 4 feet until i t i s run i nto the hori zontal smoke flu e The flue mus t be raised from the ground an i nch or two on bricks or flagging This costs perhaps a third more in build in g but it allows all Si des of the fl u et o gi ve off heat Th e cheapest a n d simplest form of flue is made after the b ot tom is formed by bri cks or flagging ; bri c k i s best near the furna c e as flaggi n g would c rack P la c e two b ri c ks ,

“

GAR DENING

PLE AS URE

FOR

e dge the top being c overed by a bri ck laid fla t ; th i s i s the smallest Size of fl ue L arger grate surface will re quire c orrespondingly greater hight and breadth F lues a re now c ommonly made by using cement or vi trified drain pipe to connect with the bric k fin e at from 2 5 to 4 0 feet from the furn a c e the pipe not being safe to use near the furn a c e as the greater heat would be likely to c ra c k it A flue to g et the full benefit of the fuel Should be so arranged that it goes all around the greenhouse the base of the chimney being the top of the furn ac e The advantage of th i s plan (fig whi c h h as only re c ent l y had ge n eral publi ci ty is that the excessive heat gi ven out from the top of the furnace drives back the c old air th at would otherwi se pass down the chimney ; not only on

10 0 FEET FR O NT B ENC H

FEET

W ID E

r ig

! .

l a — P AN O F G RE EN H

OU SE

HEA TE

FEET

W IDE

D OUB LE

FL U Es

dri ves it bac k b ut passing rapi dl y out dra ws to it the heate d ai r th at has to pass through the length of the hori zontal flue c au sing it to circulate SO rapidly that all parts of the flue become nearly equally heated In the case represen ted in fig 4 2 the greenhouse so heated i s 20 feet wi de by 1 0 0 feet long havin g a gla ss sur fa c e o f over square feet a size utterly impossi ble to heat wi th a fin e unless so c on structe d that the base of the chimney stands on the top of the furna c e It will b e seen by the plan that there are two flu es running from one furn ace and entering i nto one ch i mney I only il lu strate this to Show the p ower gi ven by th i s method I t would d o quite as well i f th e house was h alf or quarte r the Si ze to have i t done by one flue instead of the two I woul d here say emphatic ally that no matter “

HEATING

B Y H OT

WA TER

wh at Si z e a ﬂue may be and whether Single or double it Should in every c ase be made on the pri nciple of being carried all around the building until it enters the upright chi mney built on the top of the furnace ,

C H A P T ER

H EA TING B Y

XXIX

H OT

WA T ER

Although we describe flu e s as a means of heatin g green h ouses or graperies they Should be used only on the score of economy ; whenever one can aff ord to have the heat ing done in the best manner by all means let it be done by hot water The hot water apparatus requires less attention than fin es and its management is so Simple that any on e able to take care of an ordinary stove or furnace can take charge of a bo i ler for heati n g the water in the pipes of a greenhouse Besides there is no dan ger from smoke or gas and but li ttle risk from fire Inside the greenhouse there is no danger from fire if they are filled with water the pipes can not be made hot enough to ignite the mos t combustible substances that may come in c ontact with them With the smoke flue i t i s very dif feren t dry wood or other combustible materi al will ignite if allowed to touch the brick anywhere wi thin 20 to 4 0 feet of the furnace There are a great man y pattern s of boilers and to recommend one more than an other may seem invi dious still we have had in u se quite a number of different Styles and have found that as far as ou r experience with them has gone those made by H itchings C o of N ew Y ork everything co n sidered have been most Sati sfactory We have several of these boilers in use that have not c ost a d ollar for repai r i n ten years ,

GA RDENING

Fig 43 .

— P A N OF H OT-H

FOR

OUSE

PLE A S URE

AN D GR EEN H

OUSE C OMB IN ED

G A RDENING

FOR

C H A P T ER

GREENH O U SE S

PLE AS URE

XXX

PI TS WI THOU T

R TIFICIA L HE A TING

The directions given for heating greenhouses by hot water or by fl u es apply of course only to sections of the country where the temperature duri ng the wi n ter months makes heating a necessi ty In many of the southern states there is no need of artificial heat A greenhouse tightly glazed and placed against a building where it is sheltered from the north and nor th west will keep out frost when the temperature does n ot fall lower than 2 5 d egrees a bove zero and if light wooden shutters are used to c over the glass a ll those c lasse d as greenhouse plants will be safe even at 1 0 degrees lower provided of cou rse that the conservatory i s attached to the dwelling as shown i n fig 3 8 Another cheap and Simple metho d of keeping plants during — i 46 S U N K EN F g winter in mild latitudes is by the use of the sunken pi t or deep frame which afford s the nee d ed protection even more completely than the eleva t e d gree n house This is formed by e x cavating th e soil to the depth of from 1 8 to 3 6 inches according t o the Size of the plants it is intended to con tain A convenient width is 6 feet the ordinary length of a hot bed sash and of such len gth as may be desired Great care must be taken that the ground is such that n o water will stan d in the pit if the soil is moist it should be drained The sides of the pit may be either walled u p by a 4 or 8 inch course of brick work or planked up as may be preferre d but in either case the ba ck wall should be raised about eighte en inches and the front about Si x inches above the ,

“

C OMB INED CELLA R

GREENH O US E

AN D

s u rfac e in order to gi ve the necessary Slope to receive the ’ sun s rays and to shed the water A section of such a pit is shown in ﬁg 4 6 If a pit of this kind i s made in a d ry a n d Sheltered position and the glass covered by light Shutters of hal f inch boards it may be used to keep all the hardier class of greenh ouse plants even i n lo c ali ties where the thermometer fall s to z ero ,

C H A P T ER

C O M B IN ED C ELL A R

XXXI

AND

GRE ENH OUSE

I n c onnection with the description of the col d pit or greenhouse without fire heat may be mentioned the com Many years ago an acci bin e d cellar and greenhouse dental circumstance gave me an oppo rtu ni ty of testin g the utility of such a structure An excavation of 2 0 feet by 4 0 had been made 7 fee t deep and walled up with stone and beams laid across preparatory to placing a building upon it when the owner changed his plans and found himself with this useless excavation within a dozen yards of his costly residen ce T h ere seemed to be no a l t ern a tiv e but to fill it up or plank it over but both plans were objectionable a n d in discussing how to get out of the difficulty I suggested erecting a low roofed green house over it as the owner had a taste for cultivatin g plants This suggestion was followed and the walls were raised one foot above the surface and a span roofed green house erected over it My idea (which was found to be nearly c orrect) was that the large volume of air in the excavation would at no season go below and be suffic i ent to keep the u p per or greenhouse port i on of the stru c ture above the ,

100

G A RDENING

FO R

PLE AS URE

freezing point in the coldest weather This it did c om l l e t e p y when the glass was covered at night with shut ters ; and the plants with w h ich it w as filled of a kind requiring a low temperature kept i n better health than if they had been grown in a greenhouse having fire heat Now although I have never seen such a combination since I am satisfied that in favorable circumsta nces such a structure might be made of great utility and at a triflin g c ost for as it dispenses with heating apparatus which usually is more than half of th e whole cost in all greenhouses the use of a cellar and greenhouse could be had at probably less than the cost of an ordinary green h ouse and for half hardy plants— plants that will do well i n winter if kept o n ly above th e freezing point— such a greenhouse will be better for many of them than any kind of greenhouse heated by fire heat All kinds of Roses C amellias Azaleas Zonal Geraniums Violets C ape Je ssa m in e s C arn ations Abutilons Ver benas P rim ulas S tevi as and in Short all plan ts known as cool greenhouse plants will keep in a healthy though nearly dormant condition during the winter months but they will flouri sh with greatly in creased vigor at their natural season of growth and flowering as spring advances B e sides the cellar may be used for the ordinary purposes of such a plac e or if exclusively for horticultural purposes no better place can be had for keeping all decid u ous hardy or half hardy plants Hyaci n ths in pot s to start to flower or any bulbs of Similar nature The great point to be obse rved is that the soil where such a structure is to be erected is entirely free fr om water or if not so nat rely dry by d raining must be made enti u ra l l y The style that I think would suit best for general pur poses would be twelve feet i n width a n d of any length desired The excavation should not be less than seven feet deep walled U p to about on e foot above the su rface When c omplete it would Show something like the section .

G A RDENING

1 02

FOR

C H A P TER

PLEA S URE

XXXII

HOT-B ED S

The sunken pi t des c ribed on page 9 8 may be read ily c onverte d i n to a hot bed ; all that is ne c essary to do be in g t o plac e hot manure or other heating mate rial in the pit and tread it moderately firm w i th the feet The ma nure sh ould fil l the pit to the depth of two feet and then be covered w i th five or six in c hes of ligh t ri c h so il on which to sow the seed This s u nken pit prevents the escape of heat from the manure much be tter than when the hot bed is made on the surface in the u sual way The preparation of the heating material for the hot bed requires some attention I t Should be manure fresh from the horse stable and when they c an be procured it i s better to mix it with about an equal bulk of leaves from the woods If the weather is very cold the bulk of ma nure must be of good size from five to Si x wagon loads thrown in a compact con l cal heap else the mass may be so chilled that fermentation cannot take place and no heat generate d If a shed i s convenient the m anure may be placed there especially if the quantity i s small to be protected from cold until the heat begins to rise The heap should be turn ed and well broken up before being used for the hot beds so that the rank steam may escape and the manure become of the proper Sweet e n ed condition for the healthy germination of the seeds After the manure has been packed in the pit to the depth and in the manner desc ribed the sashes should be place d on the frame and kept close until the heat is again gen Now plunge a thermomete r into era t ed in the hot bed the manure and if all is right it will indicate 1 0 0 degrees or more but this is yet too hot as bottom heat for th e growth of seeds or plants and a few days of delay must -

, .

B ED S

H OT-

1 03

be all owe d unti l the thermometer i nd ic ates a falling o f 1 0 or 1 5 degrees then the soil may be pla c ed upon the manure and the seeds sown or plants set out in the hot bed Amateurs are apt to be impatient in the matter of hot beds an d often lose their first c rop by sowing or planti n g before the first violent heat has s ubsided A n other very c ommon mistake is in beginn i ng too early in the season In this latitude nothing is gai ned by begi n ning before the firs t week i n March and t h e result w i ll be very nearly as goo d if n ot begun until a month later There are t wo or three important matters to bear i n min d in the use of hot beds I t is indispensable for safety to c over the glass at ni ght with Shutters or mats until all danger of fros t i s over for it must be remem bered that the c ontents of a h ot bed are always ten d er from being forced so rapidly by the heat below and that the slightest frost will kill them Again there is danger of overheating in day time by a neglect to ventilate when the sun is Shin ing A s a general rule i t will be safe in all the average days of March April and May to have the sash in the hot bed tilted up from an inch to three inches at the back from 9 A M to 4 R M Much wi ll of course depend upon th e activity of the heating ma t eri al in the hot bed the warmth of the weather and th e chara c ter of the plants i n the bed ; so that we can only gi ve a loose general rule N umbers of our amateur friends c ome to u s every season lamenting that them selves or thei r men i n c harge had omitted to ventilate their hot bed and on their return home from business at night found all the c ontents had been boiled u p O r the c omplaint may be on the other extreme that the plants are frozen through neglect to cover them at night A hot bed requires a certain amou nt of attenti on wh ich must be g i ven at th e right t ime , or f ai lure i s c ert ain ,

“

GA RDENING

104

FOR P

C H A P T ER S

LE A S URE

XXXIII

HRU B S CLI MB ER S ,

T REE S

AN D

A plac e i s seldom so small that a few cho ic e shrub s cannot appropriately ﬁn d room a n d in whic h climbers are not desirable while in the larger places these become important to i ts proper ornamentation Whether its siz e admits of the u se of trees or not both deciduous and evergreen shrubs cli mbers as well as evergreen trees of low growth are indispensable We here append a li st of the leading kinds in each c lass but which by n o means exhausts the number of desirable varieties for the oth ers referen ce may be made to the catalogues of the prin c ipa l n urse ri es where also w i ll be found des c ri pti ons o f those here named HAR DY D EC ID UO US SHR UB S Fl ow e in g Al mon d A mygd l ﬂ pl D w a f H o s e ch est ut B b erry P u pl e B a b e r y p p ,

a us n a n a

oa r

u rea

O hi ona n thu s

Cytisu s

i crop hyll a Coton ea ster m ’ tee u s C H/raca n tha g

ﬂ pl .

E uon ymus

Wh ite Al d er R g h D e t z ia

oiri d i ssi

D o u bl e

Sl e n d er

B rn i g B u sh B o d l eav e d d o G ol d en B ell

u reu s

l a tif olius

Forsythi a

ﬂ pl

a trop

gra ili s

C ot on east er

Py c th T h orn Ha w th orn d ou bl e w h ite

a ln i oli a

n a ta

cre

S ma ll l e a v e d

’ Clethra

F ri ge T e e L bu rn m

elon g a tus

S w e e t - s c en t e d Sh rub

Wrg i n ica

oxyaca n th a

Ca lyca n thus ﬂ ori d us

r a

H a lesia tetrap tera H ibiscus Syria cus ﬂ p l Hyd ra ng ea p a n i cu la ta gra n d iﬂora

Sil v er

R ose of Sh a ro d ub l e G ea t pan i cl e d Hy dra ngea C ommon n,

J a pan J a p an I

O O O O

O O

6‘

Gl ob e ﬂ ow er T artaria n H on ys u ckl e -

G A RDENING

1 06 a s ba cca ta , Ta m

va r.

PLE A S URE

FOR

meri c an Ye w U p righ t Ameri c a n Arb or vi

Ca na densis

cta

ere

S ibi ric a

Sib e ri a n

p li ca ta

Pl i c a t e D warf

va r.

n a na

H AR

EVER GR EEN

TR EE

SIZ E H eml ock Spru ce

Sa rgen ti

va r.

M ED IU M

S a rg e nt

’ s

No w ay G reg ory ’s r

Gregorya na

va r

6‘

I v ert e d D w a rf Bl a ck Sp ru ce ’ H d s o n s B ay Fi E uro pean Sil ver Fir E e ct

i n verta

n igra

i la pum

Fra seri

H u dson ica

va r

va r.

f astig ia ta O

S i b eri an R ed

Ce bra pu

C e d ar

Pin e

S w i s s S t on e

mil io

D w a rf Pi n e

HAR

C L M B EB S

Vi rgi n ia Cre eper

trio a sp i d a ta ,

’ Vi etc h s

( Vietchii )

Ak e b i a

A kebla q u i na ta A ri stolo h ia S ip ho '

D u t ch m n s Pi pe L a g e ﬂ ow e e d T mp et vine ’ Vi rgin s B ow er

’

B zg n on ia gra n d iflora mu la Cle a tis F la m

’

az u rea , an d

th e

Th is in its m

a n y v a ri et i e s

va r

h yb ri d s

v a ri ou s

E u rop ean Ivy

c c

s a r el

York T ru mp et Hon eysu ckl e

h ard y

N ew

B elgi ca

va r

Whit e

a lba

’ A l l en s

A llen ii O

O O O

O O O O

G ol d en E gli sh W o odbin e D t ch H o eysu ckl e

a u rea

va r

Magn iﬁ cent

HA RDY HER B A C E O U S PERENNIA LS

C H A P T ER

107

XXX IV

HA RD Y HER BA CE O U S PERENNIAL S

H erba c eous perennials i n clude those hardy plants the stems of which di e down at the approa c h of winter or earlier if they have completed their growth ; the roots b eing hardy they remain in the same place for several years in succession P lants of this class were formerly more popular than they have been of late years the taste for bri lliant bedding effects havi ng caused these former favori tes to be neglected R e c ently the taste for peren nials h a s revived and while they cannot serve as su b sti t u t es for what are known as bed d ing plan ts they are e x c ee din gl y useful for those who wish to have ďŹ&#x201A;owers with but l i ttle trouble as most of them c an remain for three or four years without requiring any other care than to keep them clear of weeds Whe n the clumps be c ome too large they re quire to be lifted divi ded and re set in fresh soil F or the best results it is advi sable to re set most of them every third year while some may remain in place indeďŹ nitely taking care to gi ve them a yearly manuring as the vi gorous growi n g ones soon exhaust the soil i mme I n setting out these plants the di a tel y around them taller growing kinds should be placed at the rear of the bord er or in the center if the be d i s to be seen fro mboth sides while those of the lowest growth are to be placed at th e edge an d those of intermediate size are to be laced between A proper selection these pla ts will o f n p give a suc c ession from early spri n g until frost stops all bloom Many of these perennials are unchanged from their natural state but bloom i n ou r borders just as they appeared in their n ative woods and hills in different parts of the world an d seem to show no d isposi ti on to b reak ,

â&#x20AC;&#x153;

GA RDENING

108

PLEA S URE

EOR

or devi ate from their normal form notwithstandin g they have been in cultivation for a ce n tury or two O n the other h and many have by sporting or by hybridizing a n d crossi n g as i n the case of p aeonies phloxes irises and others produced man y fl orists varieties which sho w forms and colors not found in the native state of the plan ts and the frequent occurren ce of double flowers amon g them shows that cultivation has not been Without i ts i n fluence With such a number to select fro m it is di fficult to make a list of 25 or even 5 0 a n d not leave out many de sirable kinds Those i n the follo w i n g list are all of gen era ll y admitte d excelle n ce and are usually to be obtained from fl orists a n d nurserymen I t may be added here that there is no part of the coun try which does n ot a fl ord wild fl owers of s u fficie n t beauty to merit a place i n the garden and most of them except perhaps those which natu rally grow in a deep shade will grow larger a n d bloom finer in a rich border than in their native localities P ere n nials are propagated by division of the clumps by cuttings of the stems a n d somet imes of the roots a n d by seeds In man y cases the seeds are very slow of ge rmi n ation unless sown as soon as ripe As most of them do not bloom u n til the see dli n gs have made on e ’ year s growth the seeds shoul d be sown in a reserve bed from Which at the end of the first summer or in the fol lowing spring they may be tran splan ted to the place W here they are to flower I t is well to give the seedli n gs some protection the fi rst wi n ter n ot because they a re n ot hardy but to preven t them from bein g throw n ou t of the soil by frequen t freezin g and thaw i n g A coveri n g of evergreen boughs is most suitable but if these are not at han d u se coarse hay or other litter first layi n g down so me b rush to keep the coveri n g from mattin g down u pon them ,

G A RDENING

1 10

FOR

PLEA S URE G ol d b a -

th i s , w i th h ardy ,

man y oth e r s h ou l

th e re

and

J a p a ne s e

d e d Lil y,

ci es in t h e c at al ogu e s i s perfe ctl y c ol l e cti on of th e min e v ery g ard e n P eren n ial F la x C a rdin al Fl ow er

sp e

good

ca rd in a l is

L obel ia

Thi s n ati ve t h e g ard en

(

al s o

i ts h yb ri d s ) ,

do es pe rf e c tl y

s oil of

w e ll in t h e dr i e r

M an y l e av e d Lu pin e S ca rl e t L y ch ni s -

I/ychn i s Ch alced on ic a a n d s ev eral ot h e rs mula ria a chi a n u m L ysi m

M on ey w ort

V i gi

M ertensia Vi rgi n ic a

Az o ri a n

Az orica u

Lu ngw ort

n ia

p oeti

d ou b l e

me n ot

rg e tu

d issi téﬂora

cus

a n d s i n gl e va ri e t i e s

Mis s ou ri E v en in g Pri mo C o mmon Paeo y o th er sp e c i es o f w h i c h th e e

r se

a nd

v a rio u s

th e

ma n y ﬁn e n a me d

h yd ri d s s ort s

this

and

w h i h t h ere

Pap a ver

or ie n ta le

Pen ts te

gra nd

are

a re

man y n ame d

F e n el —l e ave d P aeon y T ee n

vari e t i es

O ri en t al

lﬂ

oru s

ba rba tus

va r

P o pp y

L ge ﬂ o we ’ T ey s ar

Torreyi

re d

n t s te

mon

o rr

6‘

a n d s ev e ra l o th e r

p e ci e s

F ren ch Lil a c U nd e t h i s h ea d a great n u mb er of ﬂori st s n me d v ariet i es may b e h a d N ew o n e s are offe re d ev ery y ear a n d a goo d s el e c tion o f c ol or ma k e a P h lox , h e rb a

ce ou s

h ard y

g ra n d

Sh ow.

Al s o t h e w h it e

v ari e ty

caeruleu m

Th is an d th e Pol yan th cortusoid es

i s h ardy ,

an d

u s v ari e t i e s n e e

Gre ek

V al e

moi st

an d

P J ap on ic a prob a b l y

ri a n

sh a dy

R osy Pyreth rum

th e

n ew

d ou bl e

v ari et i e s

l eav e d

pl a

HA RDY HER B A CE OU S PERENNIA LS w

(

oldi i

a n d v ar

)

che llu m sp ecta bi le b er of oth e rs a n d a l arg e n u m

ﬂow e rs

p re s e nti n g

mvu ma ra chnoide m

Sem p er

’

’ Si e b ol d s St on e

p ul

crop

Sh o w y

g rea t v ari e ty

in fol i a

C ob w eb H ou s el eek Purpl e tipp e d

ca l ca ra tu m

a u ti ul

and

( 6

cu ri ou s pl a n t s th ere a re more th a n an d a l l p e rf e ct l y h a rd y u s e ful on ro c k w ork -

Spi rwa ﬁl ip en d ul a , a ta p a lm U l a ria

(

an d

cu l tivati on

Sym p hytu moﬂic tn a le

va r

mmi n us Tri tom a a nem ia ( an d v a rs ) n e e d s c o v eri n g i n w i n t e r w i th

M a i d en h a i r Me a d ow Ru e

i ctru

D opw ort P l ma te Spiraea ! e en of th e M e a d ow ! ee n of th e P ra i ri e V ri eg t e d ( Jomfrey

d ou bl e)

sp e c i e s

O f th e se

1 11

R e d -h o t

P o ke r

l itte r

R o ck T ica B e G ss P ER EN N IA L OR N AMEN TAL G R A S SES A m do Dona r Gre at R ee d v si color V a i ega te d R ee d un

a r-

2 3

ca va r

5 E ula li a J ap on i 6 Fes tuc a g l a u a .

J apan

m a rgen teu m c mvirga tu m P h a la ris a ru n d i na cea p ic ta

10 Stip a p en na ta .

Bl u e F es cu e Pa mp a gr ss W a d li k e P a n i c R i bb on gra s s F eath e gra ss s

c m

7 Gyneri u 8 Pa n i u .

E ul a li a

In th e l i a t e of N ew ork , N os 1 , 2 an d 7 n e e d prot e ti on ; N os 1 a n d 2 b y l itt er o v er t h e roo ts , a n d N o 7 b y c ov e rin g i t w ith a c a s k o r b ox In th e o rd e r o f th e i r h igh t , N o 6 i s 6 i n c h e s , 9 a n d 10 a f o ot , 5 a n d 8 , 3 t o 4 fe e t a nd 1 2 3 4 a n d 7 from6 t o 1 2 f e e t a rd in g to th e o , , , , , , ag e of th e pl a nt s

GA RDENING

1 12

PLEA SURE

FOR

xx x v

C H A P T ER A

NNU A L FL OWERING PLANTS

To make a sele c tion from the bewildering number of varieties n ow o ff ered i n our seed c atalogues is an in te r esti n g though it may be sometimes rather a perplexing operation I t is not very easy t o give speciﬁc advice in the matter as tastes are so vari ed We would say i n general terms though be Sh y of novelties until you you s ee them recomme n ded i n the lists th e second year may then kn ow that their merits have been tested a n d they are given permanent place We have been import novelties for over twenty years and e rs of all such think ourselves lucky if we get on e go o d thing for every nin eteen worthless ones we try S till to get th e good things all that are o ff ered must be tried a n d subj ected to the sifting process— separating th e chaff from the wheat We can only u se space t o enumerate a few gen e ra ll y favorite kinds which we give in the list below ; this comprises such as are of easiest cultivation and are most value d for the beauty or fragran c e of their ﬂowers ,

“

Es ch ol t z i a

A st e rs ,

B l a ms G i u ms C d ytu fts G l ob Ama ra th s Ca a s H l i c h ys ms * C n a y B i rd Fl ow er Ic e P l t *I o m C a ati o n s aea p Cl k ias L ob eli a C ock s c omb s Lu pi e s C ol l i s i L yc h i s * C o v ol vu l u s M igol d s * Cyp e ss Vi e M ign on ette D el ph i i um Mi mos a ( S e siti ve pl an t) s (L a rk spu r) D i an th us T h os e Ma k e d 1 a re cl imb ers a s

e ra n

an ,

N a st u rti ums ,

N e mophil a P sy P et u ni a Ph l o D ru mmon dii P oppy P ort ul a ca ,

S c a b i os a , S c h i z an th u s , * S w e et e a s , St o k s , Z in n i as ,

I have used the popular and sci entiﬁ c names i ndis c ri m in a t el y i n the way they are gi ven i n most seed cata

GA RDENING

1 14

FO B

C H A P TER FL O

PL EAS UR E

XXXVL

W ER S WHICH WILL GR O W

TH E S

HA DE

There a re few plan ts that will flower in plac es from which su n shine is en tirely excluded S ome plants wi l l n g shoots and leaves ut b ro well e developi n ough w g O f ow ers of nearly all ki nds must have some sunshine l f those that do well a n d flower when planted ou t i n the open gr ou n d where su n light o n ly comes for two or three hours durin g the d ay may be name d the following ! C alceolarias F uch si as L obeli as H erbaceous P hloxes P ansies F orget me nots L ily of the Valley an d other herbaceous plants an d Shrubs whose n ative habitat i s shady woods P erhaps a better effect is produced in such situations by o rname n tal leaved plants such as C o lenses of all kinds Amaran ths Achyranthes C aladi ums C an n as an d other plan ts with high c olored or orna me n tal leaves With these may be c ombined the di ffer e n t styles of white or gray leaved pla n ts such as C en t a u — n G reas C inerarias aphaliums plants known under the general popular term of D usty Millers F or ou r own part we much prefer to devote shade d situ ations to su ch plan ts rather than to see the abortive attempts to produ c e flowers made by plants i n positions where there i s no su n shin e It may be here remarked that the cultivator o f plan ts i n ro oms shoul d understand the necessity of su n light to plan ts that are to flower an d endeavor to get them as near as possible to a wi n dow havi n g an eastern or a southern aspect The higher the temperature the more plan ts su ffer for the want of light Man y plants su c h as Geraniums F uchsias or R oses mi ght remai n i n a tempera t ure of 4 0 degrees i n a cellar for example away from direct li ght for months wi thout material injury while if the cellar co n tai ne d a furn ac e keepin g up a tem .

IN S ECTS

1 15

of 70 degrees they woul d all d i e b e fore the win ter was e n ded parti c ularly if the plants were of a half hardy nature If tropical Species they might S ta nd it better bu t all plants qu i ckly become enfe ebled when kept at high temperatu re an d a way from the li ght

u re a t r e p

C HA P T ER

XXXVII

INS EC T S

When i n se c ts attac k plants i n the greenhouse parlor or a n ywhere un d er cover we can generally manage to get them under control but when they attack plants in the open air i t is ac c ord i ng to our experience difďŹ cult to destroy them I nsects are injurious to plants in the open air in two principal ways some attack the branches and leaves and others infest the roots When insects attack the roots of a plan t we have been able to do but li ttle to stop the ir ravages We c an manage somewhat better with those attacking the leaves but even this di vi sion of the enemy i s often too much for us As a pre v e n ti ve we woul d strongly advise that birds of all kin d s shoul d be encourage d S ince the European sparrows have favored us with their presence i n such numbers in sects of nearly all kinds have much decreased Most people will remember the disgusting measuring worm that festooned the Shade trees i n N ew Y ork Brooklyn and other cities ten years ago these made their exit a l most in proportion to the increase of Sparrows and now hardly one is to be seen The same is tru e of the R ose Slug In my rose grounds a few years ago we were obliged to employ a number of boys for weeks durin g the summer to shak e off and k ill the R ose sl a g i n or d er to ,

G A RDENING

116

FOR

PLE A S URE

keep the plan ts alive but Since we have had the sparrows in such nu mbe rs hardly on e of these pests is now seen A n e x ami n ati on of the c rop of a sparr o w killed i n July sh owed that it co n tain ed Rose sl u gs Aphis or green fly proving a n d the see d s of chickweed a n d o ther plants beyo n d question the fa ct tha t they are promiscuous feed The R ose Slug ( S ela n drta ros es ) referred to above e rs is a light green soft i n sect varying from I of an inch to nearly an i n ch in length There are apparently two species or varieties one of which eats only the cuticle of the lower Si d e of the le af the other eats it entire The first is by far the most destructive here In a few days after the plants are atta cked they appear as if they had been burned An excellent application for the p reven ti on of the ravag es of the R ose slug i s whale oil soap dissolve d in the proportion of one lb to eight gallons of water this if steadily applied d aily for a week with a syri n ge on Ro se plants before the leaf has d eveloped in spri n g will en But we find tirel y prevent the attacks of the insect that if the slug once gets fairly at work this remedy is powerless unless used so s t ro n g a s to injure the leaves The R ose Bug (Ma croda ctylu s s u bsp i n os u s ) or Rose C h a fl er gets its n ame from the preferen ce it shows for the buds and blossoms of t h e R ose though it is equally destructive to the D ahlia Aster Balsam a n d man y other fl owers a n d especially grape bloss oms All the or d in a ry re medies seem to fail with the R ose bug a n d i t c a n only be stopped by picki n g it off by hand Green F ly or Ap hi s is on e of the most common b ut fortu n ately most easily destroyed of a n y insect that in fests plants either in doors or out I n ou r greenhouses as already stated we fumigate twice a week by burn ing ab out half a pound of refuse tobacco s te ms (made damp) to every 500 square feet of glass surface but i n private green houses or on plants in rooms fumi ga ting is often impra c ticable Then the tob acc o stems c an be ,

‘

GA RDENING

118

FOR

LE A S URE

coction of tobac c o made so Strong as to resemble stron g co ff ee i n color The earth around the plants must be soaked with this so that the lowest roots wi l l be reached The tobacco water will n ot hurt the plants but will be fatal to the insect a n d if it has not already damaged the roots to t o o great an exten t may prove a remedy â&#x20AC;&#x201D; These a re not usually t roublesome u nless in A n ts great numbers yet when they appear in strong force they are often very destructive About the Simplest meth od we have fou n d to get rid of them is to lay fresh bones arou n d the i n fested plan ts they will leave everyt hing to fee d on these and when thus accumulated may be easily destroyed T he R ed Sp ider i s one of th e most insi di ous enemies of plants b oth when under glass and in the open air in summer I t luxuriates in a hot and dry atmosphere and the only remedy that I can safely recommend to a m a teu rs i s c opious syrin gin g s w i th water i f in the green house so that a moist atmosphere can be obtai n ed This of course i s not practicable when plants are grown in rooms an d the only thing that can then be done is to I t i s this i n sect more than any Sponge off the leaves thi n g els e that makes it so difďŹ cult to grow plants in the d ry air of the sitting room as it ma y be sapping the life blood from a plant and its owner never discover the c ause of his trouble I t i s so minute as hardly to be seen by the n aked eye but its ravages soon Show an d if the leaves of your plants begi n to get brown an e x a mi nation of the under surface of the leaf will usually reveal the little pests in great numbers When they get thus established there is no remedy but to sponge the leaves thoroughly with water or weak soapsuds T he Mea ty B ug as it is generally calle d is a white mealy or downy looki n g insect which is often very trou bl e some among h ot house plants b ut rarely d oes any harm amongst those that c an live in a c ool room as no ,

IN S ECTS

n o

d oubt it i s a nati ve of some tropical c ountry and can only exist in such a temperature as is required by plan ts There are various remedies used by fl orist s of that kin d but the u se of nearly all of the m might d o more harm than good i n inexpe rienced han ds a n d I therefore advise that they should only be destroyed by being washed off such plants as Gardenias or rubbed off of more ten der leaved plants with a soft brush or where there are bu t few they may be readi ly p i cked off by the u se of a quill sharpe n ed like a toothpick B row n a n d Whi te S ca le In s ects — These appear life less and adhere closely to the stems of S uch plan ts as O lea n ders I vi es etc and like the Mealy Bu g a re best destroyed by bein g washe d or rubbe d off — This i s an i nsect varyi n g i n color from ligh t l rlp a yellow to dark b rown a n d much more active i n i ts m ove ments than the Green F ly an d more di fficult to destroy ; when i t once gets a foothol d i t i s very destructive It succu mbs to tobacc o i n any of the f orms recommende d It for the dest ruction of Green F ly but not so readily luxuriates i n shade d situa tio n s and generally abou n ds where plan ts a re standing too thickly t ogether or where ventilation or light is deficient I t may be safely a s s e rte d that i n a n y well regulated plac e where plants are kept no i n j ury from i n sects will ever b ec ome se ri ous if d u e at t en tion has been given to keepin g the atmos h ere of the place moist and usi n g t obacco freely i n any p o f the forms we have recommended — n e or T he A gl W m This i s the common worm seen in every soil in pots an d i n the open gr ou n d It is harmless so far as feeding g oes for it seems never to touch plan ts as food but it bores and crawls arou n d in a way by no mean s be n eficial to p ot grown plan ts ; i t i s however easily disl o dged ; by slaking a quart of lime a n d addi n g wa t er to make up ten gallons of the liquid an d wateri n g the plants w i th i t after it has b e c om e ,

GA RDENI N G

1 20

clear the c aus ti c qualities f atal to the wo rm ,

PLEA S UR E

EC R

the lime will be qu ickly

C H AP TER

XXX VIII

Mil d ew i s a parasitic al fungus o ften seen on greenhouse an d other plants a n d is quickly destructive t o their health B ut as with a ll other plan t troubles it i s best to prevent rather than c ure C are Shoul d be taken particularly where roses or grape vin es a re grown u n der glass as both of these a re especially liable to be attacked to avoid a rapid chan ge of tempe rature or a lo n g exposure to su d den chill by draughts in ve n tilati n g As soon as spots of grayish white appear o n the leaves of roses or grape vines either out-doo rs or under glass it i s certain tha t mildew is present b ut if it has n ot b een n eglected too long the followin g p reparation will usually be f ound a prompt remedy Take three p ounds each of ďŹ&#x201A;owers of sul phu r a n d quick-lime put together a n d slake the lime a n d add six gall ons of water b oil al l together u n til i t is re d u ce d to two gallons allow the li qu i d to settle u n til it gets clear then bottle for use On e gill on ly of this i s t o be mi x e d i n ďŹ v e g allons o f water a n d syringed over the plan ts in the evening takin g c are n ot to u se it on the fruit wh en ri pe as i t woul d communicate a taste a n d smell which would ren der i t useless Applied in this weak state it does n ot injure the leaves and yet has the p ower t o destroy the l ow fo rm of vegetable growth which we call mildew We apply it just as we do t obacco once or twice a week as a preventive and we rarely have a speck of mildew ,

G A R DENING

1 22

PLE A S U R E

FOR

C H A P TER

M UL C HIN G

Litter of any kind placed around newly plante d tree s to prevent evaporation from the soil was the origi n al meani n g of mulch but it is at present extended to i n cl u d e a covering of the so il applied at any time and for very difl eren t purposes Good cultivators apply hay st raw or other litter to the surface of the soil to protect the roots of c ertain plan ts against the action of frost i t bein g useful not so much against freezi n g as to prevent the alternate freezin g and thawi n g that is apt to occur in our variable and uncertain climate even in mid win ter As mention ed u n der strawberry culture the mulch applied in the fall protects the roots during wi n ter it is a llowed to remain on the bed where if thick enough it keeps do wn weeds and prevents the evaporation of m ois ture from the soil duri n g the dry ti me we are apt t o have between the flowering a n d the ripenin g of the strawberry Besides all this it makes a clean bed for the fru it to rest upon a n d sho u ld a driving shower come up as the fru i t is ripen i n g there i s no danger that the berries will be Splashed with mud and Spoiled The utility of a mulch is n ot co n fined to the strawberry among fruits ra spber ries an d cu rrants are much b en efitt ed by it a n d by i ts u se a gardener of my acquaintance succeeds in growing fin e crops of the fine varieties of English gooseberries a fruit with which very few suc c eed in our hot summers Newly plan ted trees whether of fru i t or o rnamenta l kinds are much ben efitte d by a mulch and i ts appli c a tion often settles the questio n of success or failu re W e have known a whole pear orchard to be mulch ed a n d th e owner thought i ts c ost was more tha n repaid by savin g ,

M ULCHING

1 23

the fallen fru i t from bruises The rooting of a layer is by some g ardeners thought to be facilitated by pl acing a flat stone over the buried bran c h ; the fact being that the stone acts as a mulch and prevents the soil aroun d the cut portion from drying out and greatly favors the rooting process Even i n the vegetable garden mulch i n g is found useful especially with c a u l iflo w ers whic h find our summers quite too dry The material of the m u lch is not of much importance the eff ect being purely mechanical one kind of litter will answer as well as a n other the material will be governed in great measure by locality ; those living near salt water will fin d salt hay as hay from the marshes is called the most readily pro c ured ; those who live near pine forests u se the fallen leaves or pine needles as they are called ; i n the grai n growing districts straw i s abunda n t and nothing can be better it c a n be applied more thoroughly if ru n th rough a cutter though the thrashin g machine often makes it ’ short e n ough L eaves are nature s own mulch and a n swer admi rably ; if there is danger of thei r being blown away brush laid over them or even a little earth Spri nk led on them will k eep them in place Tan bark and saw dust may serve for some uses but they are very b a d for strawberries thei r fi n er particles b eing about as obj ec ti on abl e as the soil O ne of the best materials to use for summer mulchin g i s the green grass mowed from lawns This applie d to the th i ckness of two or three inches around the roots of all k inds of small fruits wi ll be found n ot only to greatly benefit the crop particularly i n dry weather but will save greatly in labor by preventi ng the growth of weeds O ne of our best private gardeners i n the vi cin ity of N ew Y ork has a d opted t his summer mulching with the grass from th e lawn for nearly twen ty years and has succeeded in growing all ki nds o f sma ll fru i ts in the h i ghest d e gree of pe rfe c t i on .

GA R DENING

1 24

PLEA S URE

FO R

C H A P T ER

PLA NT S

AR E

XLI

R OO M S INJ URIO U S

HE A L TH !

The question whether plants may be safely grown i n living rooms is n o w settled by scientific men who may be given show that whatever deleterious gases out by plants at night they are s o minute in quantity th at no injury is ever done by their presence in the rooms and by being inhaled Though we were gl a d to see the questio n disposed of by such autho ri ty ex ri en c e had already shown that no bad e ffects ever e p resulted from living i n apartments where plants were grown Our greenhouses are one mass of foliage and I much d o ubt if any healthier class of men c an be found than those e n gaged i n the care of plants But timid per so n s may sa y that the deleterious gases are given ou t only at night while o u r greenhouse operatives are only em ployed in daylight This i s only true in part O ur watchmen a n d men engaged i n attending to fires at night make the warm greenhouses their sitti ng room and their sleepi n g room and I have yet to hear of the first i n stance where the slightest i n jury resulted from this practi ce Man y of our medical practitioners run in old ruts S ome S olomo n among them probably gave out this dogma a cen tu ry ago it was made the convenient scape goat of some other cause of sickness and the rank and file have followed in his train A belief in this error ofte n consigns to the cellar or to th e cold wi nds of wi n ter the treas ured floral pets of a househol d ,

GA RDENI N G

1 26

PLE A S U R E

EOR

they c an b e h a d but if n ot those from a n y deciduous tree and stick them a few in ches apart all over the bed This will give the seedlin gs ve ry much such a p rotection a s they w o uld naturally have h a d in the sha d e of other plan ts a n d though evergree n s will l oo k better for a while th e dead leaves of deciduo u s twigs will give quite as use I t is always safer t o s ow seeds i n a fra me fu l a shade as the you n g plan ts are then u n der more co mplete c on trol F rames a re easily Shaded by mean s of a lattice made of co mmon laths S trips of i n ch stu ďŹ&#x201A; an i n ch and a half or two i n ches w ide are used for the sides of the lattice and laths are naile d across as far apart as their ow n width O ne lath being nailed on an other is lai d down to mark th e distan ce the third on e put d own and nailed a n d the second lath i s moved alo n g to mark the distan ce for the fourth a n d s o on With a screen of this kin d there is abundant light but the sun does n ot Shi n e lon g at a time on on e spot a n d the plants have a c on s ta n tl n ging su n and shade ree n may cha This lath sc y be use d for Shading plants i n the ope n groun d if su p ported a t a proper hight ab ove them I n a pr opagatin g h ouse whe re it is necessary as it often i s to shade cut ti n gs a lattice laid upon the outside of the glass an swers a good purp ose The laths are someti mes tied together with stro n g twin e the c ord an sweri n g the place of slats a n d servi n g a s a warp with which the laths a re w o ven ; the advan tage of a scree n of this kin d is that it can b e rolled up Plants kept i n win d ows du ri n g the s u mmer m on ths will if in a Su n n y e x p o su re requ i re some ki n d o f a shade a n d if the o n e p rovi d ed t o keep the su n f ro m the room shuts ou t t oo much light o r excludes air as w ell a s s u n so methi n g mus t be p rovided which will gi ve p rotecti on duri n g t h e heat of the day a n d still allow su fďŹ cie n t light a n d a n abun dan t ci rculati on of air An y o n e with i n gen u ity can arran ge a screen of white c o tton cl oth to an swer the purpose ,

H A DING

127

The ol d practice of Stripping the greenhouse i n su m mer is falli n g into disuse a n d by a proper selectio n of plan ts a n d su fficien t shade it is made as attractive then as at a n y other season but even for tropical plants the glass must be Shaded For a small lean to a scree n of light canvass or musli n arran ged upon the outsi d e so that it may be wound u p on a roller when n ot wan ted will an s wer an d if i t be desire d to k eep the house as cool as possible , this should be so co n trived that there will be a space of six inches or so between that a n d the glass But u pon a large ho u se or on e with a curvi li n ear roof this i s n ot s o ma n ageable and th e usual method i s to coat the glass with so me material which will o bstruct a part The mos t common metho d i s to gi ve the of the light o utside of the glass a coat of ordi n ary lime whitewash this makes a su fficient Shade and i s gradually dissolved by the rains so that by autumn the coati n g i s removed or s o nearly so that what remain s may be rea dily washed A m ore pleasan t effect is produced by spattering the off glass with the same wash which can be do n e by a dex t erou s u se of the brush a n d fli rti n g it so as to leave the wash in nu merous fin e drops like rain -drops O thers Whatever u se whiting a n d milk for the same purpose may be the mean s of effectin g i t we find that in this lat i tu d e Shadin g of some kind is required from about the l st of May to the middle of S eptember b y nearly all plants grown under glass F ern s L ycopods C aladiums Pri mu las F uchsias Bego n ias Gloxin ias A chimenes L obelias S milax an d pla n ts of that ch aracter requi re the glass to be heavily shaded while for Roses C arn ations Bouvardias P oi n settias Geran iums of all kinds and nearly all suc culent plants do n ot need so much The method of Spatteri n g the glass outside with th i n whitewash all ows the shading to be light or heavy as required When first done it i s spattered very thinly merely to break the strong glare of the su n just about th i ck enough to half ,

G A RDENING

12 8

FOR

PLE AS URE

c over th e surfa c e As the season advances the spatter in g Should be repeated to incre a se the shade but at no time for th e plants last mentio n ed do we entirely cover the glass I n En gland especially for fern houses Brunswick green mixed with milk is used to give a green shade which is thought to be best s u ite d to these plan ts The blue glass for greenhouses wh ich was so highly lauded a few years ago has not met with much favor but recent experime n ts in glazing with ground glass have gi ven such results as to warrant a more c aref u l i nvesti gati on i nto the use of this material ,

C H A P T ER TH E LAW

C OL O R

XLIII

FL O WERS

I refer to this matter in the hope that i t may b e the means of savin g some of my readers not only from bei ng duped and Swindled by a class of itinerant scamps that annually reap a rich harvest in disposing of impossibili ties i n ďŹ&#x201A;owers but that I may assure them of the utte r improbability of their ever seeing such wonders as these fellows o ff er thereby savi ng them from parting with mon ey for worthless objects and from the ri di cule of their friends who are already be tter advi sed This sub ec t h or c annot be too often brought before our amateur j t icu l tu ri sts Warnings are given year after year in lead ing agricultural and other j ournals devoted to gardening yet a new crop of d upes is always coming up w h o readily fall vi ctims to the scoundrels who live upon their c re du l i ty N ot a season passes but some of these swi ndling d ealers have the aud acity to plan t themselves righ t in ,

G A R DENING

134

FO R

PLE A S U RE

away a th ird a half or even more of a plant c an improve i t in vigor an d f rui t ful n ess or ab un d ance a n d Size of flowers L et us suppose that a stem which grew last year h as 2 0 buds up o n it ; if this i s allowed to take its own cou rse in the Sprin g a few of the upper buds will push with great vigor and form strong shoots ; those belo w will make gradually weaker shoots and for probably the lower third of the stem the buds will not start at all ; the most vigorous growth is always at the t op th e buds there were the last formed i n the previous summer are the most excitable a n d the soonest to grow the next sprin g an d gettin g the start o f th ose bel ow the m they draw the nourishment to themselves an d starve the others If i n stead of allowing this stem to grow at will in this ma n ner it had been before any of the buds started ou t back to leave only a few of the lower ones those hav i n g an abundance of nutrime n t would push fo rth with great vi gor and be nearly equal in size while the flowers or fruit b orn e up on them would be greatly superio r to those upon the u n pruned stem An y on e can readi ly be con vi n ced of the utility of p runing by taki n g two rose bushes of e qual Size leavi n g one wi thout a n n g to take pruni y care of i tsel f an d each spring cutting the other b ack se verel y prun in g away one thi rd or one h alf of the woo d that was forme d the previous season The res u lt at the end of two years wi l l be very striki n g N O gene ral ru le can be given for prunin g the amateur sho u ld u se his eyes a n d notice the habit of growth of his trees a n d shrubs H e will fin d that many like the rose p ro duc e their flowers upon the n ew woo d of the present seas on an d that such plants a re greatly ben efitted by cuttin g back more or less each spri n g B ut there are other plants for which this t reatment will not answer ; if we e x amin e a h orse chestn ut tree or a lilac bush a n d many others we shall fin d that the fl owers co me from the large ’ buds th a t were formed on th e en d of l a st season s growt h ,

PRUNING

1 35

an d that to cut b a c k su c h plants woul d be to remove all the fl ow er buds With shrubs of this kind all that need be done is to thin out the branches where they are too crowde d These examples will warn the novice agains t i ndiscri minate pruning and unless as he Stands before h i s Shrub or tree knife in hand he knows why he i s to prune and how let him put his knife i n h i s pocket and gi ve the plan t the benefit of the doubt While under the different fruits we can give di rections f or the partie ular p run in g require d by each the proper method of trea ting a miscellan eous collection of ornamental shrubs a n d trees can only be lea rn ed by Observation The term pruning is generally applied to the cutting away in whole or in part of the ripened Wood but much pruni n g may be do n e by the u se of the thumb and finger ; this is ’ termed pinchin g an d i s practiced u pon young shoots while they are yet soft This most useful form of prun i ng allows us to control the form of a plant with the greatest ease and is applied not only to soft wooded plants b ut to trees and shrubs and may be so performed on these as to render nearly if not quite all pruning of ripene d woo d u n n ecessary If a vi gorous shoot has its end or growing poi n t pin ched out i t w ill cease to elongate but will throw out bra n ches below the growth o f which may be controlled in the same man ner ; the blackberry illustrates the utility of this kind of prunin g the rampant growing shoot which spri n gs up from the root will if left to itself make a lo n g cane Si x or eight feet high and with a very few bran ches n ear th e top if when this sho ot has reached four or at most five feet ’ its end be pinched ofl it will then throw out numerous branches a n d if the upper branches when they reach the length of 1 8 inches be stopped (as it is called ) in a Similar manner by pinch i ng t h e growth will be directed to the lower ones and by the end of the season instead of a long unmanageable wand there w ill be a well -

“

G A RDENING

136

FO R

PLEA S URE

bran ched bush which will bear its fruit all wi thin reach The grower of plan ts in pots is usually afraid to remove even a single inch of the s te m a n d the result is usu ally a lot of leggy specimens not worth the care that is o t herwise bestowed upon them Plants may be prevented from ever reachin g this co n dition if their growth be properly co n trolled by pinchi n g ; but if they have once reached it they should be cut back severely and a com pact bushy form obtained from the new shoots which will soon start The mechanical part of pruning is very Si m ple a sharp knife is the best implement as it a clean ou t without br u ising the bark and the wound quickly heals but shears are much easier to handle and the work can be done so much more quickly that they are gen erally preferred and for rampant growing bushes will answer but upon fruit t reeS and choi c e plants gen era l l y the knife is to be pre ferred The ou t should be made just at a joint ; not so Fi g 50 Fi g 49 far above it as to leave a W HER E TO OU T IN PB UN IN G stub as in fig 4 9 which will di e back to the bud there being nothing to contribute to its grow th nor Should it be made so close to the bud as to endan ger it as in fig 48 the cut should start just opposite the lower part of the bud and end j ust above its top as in fig 50 F or the removal Of branches too large to cut wi th the knife as must sometimes be done on neglected trees a saw is require d S aws are made especi ally for the purpose but any narrow one wi th the teeth set wide will answer the rough c ut left by the sa w Should be pared sm oo th and if an in ch or more in d iameter the wound should be c ov .

“

GA RDENING

138

FO R

PLEA S URE

XL V

C H A P T ER

HAR DY GRA PE S

c an be grown in almost any soil provi ded it is not a wet on e although the grape will take abun dan ce of water whe n in a growi n g state it must pas s off quickly else the growth will be i mpeded If the grou n d is not n a turally suitable (i e at least a foot in depth of good soil) a bo rder prepared i n the manner reco mmen d ed in the chapter on will well repay the C old Grape ry trouble I t is imperative that the position where the vine i s planted be such as will e n able it to get sunlight for the greater po rtio n of the d a y Ten years ago I planted an arbor with an arched top and 1 00 feet lo n g by 1 6 feet wide and 1 0 feet high cove ri n g a walk running this ga ve a south and north exposure e ast and west ; The crop has always been excelle n t and abu n dan t on the south side and top of the a rbor but on the north Side (u n less the ďŹ rst a n d seco n d years of fruiting wh en there was not su fďŹ cie n t foliage to impede the light ) it has bee n nearly a failure There is much mi sc on c ep tio n as to what should be the age of a g rape vi ne w he n plan ted ; ni n e te n ths of ou r amateur customers a sk for vin es three or four years old If a vine of that age could be properly lifted with every root u n broken then there might be so me advantage in its greater stre n gth but as vi nes are usually grown in the nurseries cl osely together wi th the roots all interlaced large plants can rarely be got with roots enough to support the vi n e and mai n tain i ts vigor after transplanting As a rule it is better to plan t on e or two year old vines which c a n usually be bought at half the price of those of three or four years Ol d and Grapes

, ,

HA RDY GR A PE S

139

which in all probability will give a crop quite as soo n if not sooner than the large o n es The man n er of plant ing the vine is similar to that of setting any other tree or shrub The grou n d must be thoroughly b roken up not in a mere hole only su fficient to hold the roots but if a regular b order h a s n ot been made the place where each vi n e is to be plan ted should not be less than three feet i n diameter and if double th at all the better and to the depth Of not less th an a foot O n receivi n g the vin e from the nursery it may consist of on e or more Shoots ,

, .

Fig 54 — v

W ITH

TW O S H

OO TS

Fig 55 — e

W ITH

but on plan ti n g it should be cut back to only two or three eyes or b u ds O n starti n g to grow all of these buds or eyes sh ould be rubbed Off except on e selecting the strong e st Trai n this shoot perpendicularly to a stake the ﬁ rst year of its growth thp n ext fall when the leaves drop ou t it back to ni n e or ten i n ches from the ground When the vine Starts the next spri n g rub Off all eyes or buds except two which du rin g the season will f orm two canes as in ﬁg 54 These if they are can es half an inch in .

G A RDENING

1 40

FOR

PLE A S URE

di ameter, are i n fall to be pruned to three l ong, a n d th e followi n g Spring are to be

or four feet trained hori I f at n e to the right the other to the left o z on t a l l y the end of the seco n d year they are still small it is better to delay layi n g down the arms unti l another year a n d grow two upright Shoots again to get them sufﬁcie n tly Strong These will form the base fro m which to start the upright shoots as shown in ﬁg 5 5 These upright growths will be the permanent fruiting can es and should be from 1 5 to 1 8 i n ches apart and pruned on What is known as the Spur system as sho wn .

by ﬁ g 5 6 There is nothing arbitrary as to the h ight these canes should be It is a matter of convenience or taste whether they be t rain ed to 3 feet or 1 5 feet Vi n es thus t reated may be all o wed to produce a few bu n ches the thi rd year and by the sixth year may be fruited to the hight of 1 0 or 1 2 feet of cane if desired N ot more tha n t w o bu n ches of fruit should be allowed to each shoot We give this man n er of trai n in g as one of the simplest although the system of training has but little to do with the crop The distance apart at which grape vines may be plant ed except the D elaware an d a few of the weaker grow ing sorts is abou t eigh t feet ; the D elaware may be set Although grape vines are hardy in o n e third closer nearly all sections yet in any lo c ality where the ther .

G A RDENING

1 42

FOR P

LE A S URE

Propagation of the grape is done by nurserymen in green houses similar to that used for propagatin g But most of the varieties can fl orists plan ts be grown with fair success by cu ttings in the open air The cutti n gs (made fro m the young well ripe n ed shoots of the p revious ’ year s growth ) may be made with two (fig 5 7) plan ted in rows say on e or three buds or eyes f oot apart and three inches between the cut tings and Set so that the top eye or bud o n l y is above ground The Situation where th e cuttings are placed should be well exposed to the su n the soil rich and deep and of C are must be sandy or light character taken that the cutti n g is well fi rmed in the soil The cuttings may be made from the prun i n gs at any time during wi n ter and kept in a damp cellar or buried outside C U TT IN G i n sand until planted in the cutting bed i n the spring ,

THE

VARIETIE S

OF THE

GRA PE

Now number many hundred and we will recommend only a very fe w of the most distin ct sorts that have been g row n lo n g enough to allow u s to be certain of their merits Con cord is pe rh aps more universally cultivated than any other I t grows most luxurian tly beari n g bun ches O f large Size abundan t ly ; color black with a rich blue bloom ; the ﬂavor is of average quality Ripens during the month of S eptember H a rtford P roliﬁc — R esembles the C on c ord in general appearan c e but ripen s two or three weeks earli er I t is valuable on this account but in light soils drops its fruit badly which is q uite a drawback Iona — I s a seedling of the old C ata wba c olor pale red ,

HA RDY GRA PE S

1 43

flavor ex c elle nt full y equal to the C at awba but i t is pref e ra bl e to that variety in ripening fully a month earlier or from the 1 st to 1 5 th of S eptember O ne of the best where it s u cceeds ; it requ ires a strong soil D ela w a re — I ts entirely distinct character from any of our hardy grapes at one time raised the question whether this was not a foreign variety but that point we believe is now settled and it i s conceded to be a native In flavor it is unsurpassed equal to many of our best foreign so rts Bunches and berries small of a dark pinkish red color ’ R ogers H ybri ds — These varieti es probably from the unfortunate mistake made by their raiser in designating them by numbers ins tead of by names have never we thi n k ha d the popularity they deserve S ome of them are entirely distinct in color and flavor from a n y other native grapes a n d form magnificen t bu n ches N o 4 (n ow called Wilder) has berries and bunches of the largest size black wi th rich bloom flavor excellent ripens S eptember first N O 1 5 (Agawam ) is a beautiful grape of a bronze c olor with pi n kish bloom on the Side next the sun I t ripens early in S eptember and we fin d every season that the grape consumers of our household rarely touch a bunch of any other grape as long as any are left on N o 1 5 N o 1 ( Goethe ) i s about the si ze and color of the wh i te Malaga grape of commerce tinged wi t h pink on the sunny Si d e flavor excellent one of the latest ri pening here in O ctober N o 1 9 resembles NO 4 but of an entirely distinct flavor by some preferre d ripens 1 5 th o f S eptember ,

1 44

G A RDENING

FO R

C H A P T ER TH E

PLE A S URE

XLVI

C OLD GRA PER Y

I know of no addition to a country home from wh i ch such a large amount of satisfaction can be Obtained at SO small a n outlay a s from a grape ry for growi n g the diff er e n t varieties of f oreig n g rapes It h as been proved that none of these fine varieties can be cultivated with any s a t i sfa c ti on in any part of the northern or even mid dl e states except under glass I n C aliforn ia and some other states and territories west Of the Mississippi the varie ties Of the European grape have been extensively gr o wn in the open air T h ere the condi tions of cli mate are such as to make their culture a success equal to that a t t a i n ed any where in Europe Besides the luxury of the grape as a t able fruit n o finer Sight c an be seen and there is nothing of which an amateur g ardener may be more proud than a grapery i n which the vines are loaded with ripe fru it And as this can be obtai ned at a trifli n g original outlay a n d with but little attention i n the c ulti vation after wards I will bri efly describe how to d o it O ur climate is particularly well adapted to the culti va tio n of vi n es under glass without fire heat and the won der is that cold graperies are n ot i n more general u se even by people of moderate means th an they at pres e n t are We built on e for our ow n u se on the plan shown on page 9 2 ; it answering f or a greenhouse as well as for a grapery The dimensions are 5 0 feet long by 25 wide I t is finished in very good style and cost but little more than I t was planted in June and the third year from plan ting we cut U pwards of 3 00 lbs of fruit from it the next season it yielded nearly dou ble that q uantity The buildi n g was begun by setti n g locust posts four feet apart ; on these was framed the sill on .

G A RDENI NG

1 46

PLE A S URE

FO R

as Shown in the ou t are equally applicable for almost any Many are built in the form of a S ize or ki nd of grape ry lean to that is place d agai n st any buildi n g or fence using such for the back wall of the grapery This would necessitate only the l ow fron t wall which need n ot be more than on e foot from the grou n d if the width is but ten or twelve feet but a path would require to be sun k inside to give room to stan d upri ght The Sket ch ďŹ g ,

Fig 6O â&#x20AC;&#x201D;LEAN .

GR APER

hows an outli n e of a lean to grapery twenty feet wide nine feet high a t bac k and two feet in front S uch a structure (exclusive of the may be put up roughly at a c ost not exceedin g 84 per runnin g foot without heating apparatus Its aspe c t may be any poin t from east to south west I re c ollect that some dozen years ago a German jeweler i n Jersey C ity N J grew a Sple n did crop of Blac k H am burgs on vi nes whi ch had been planted against the rear fence of his city lot b y pla c ing against the fence I t was rather a bun g s ome old sashes e i ght feet lo n g ling sort of an arrangement and awkward to get at bu t i t serve d the pu rpose of ri peni ng the H amburg grapes whi c h c ould not have been done without the gl ass When on e c ontemplates the ere c ti on of a c omplete ran g e of gra 60 ,

TH E

C OLD GR A PERY

147

the servi c es of a c ompetent garden arch i tect should be engaged The border of the one we have in use was be gun by excavating the natural soil to the depth of twenty inches and ďŹ fteen feet i n w i dth for the length of the rapery on each side The inside was left untou c hed g the borders being entirely outside The bottom of the excavation was graded from the front of the building to the outside of the borders with a fall of about an inch to a foot so that thorough and rapi d drainage would be sure to be attained At the extremity of eac h border a drain was built to c arry Off the water The whole bot tom was then c emented over so as to prevent the roots from penetrating the subsoil This pit was then ďŹ lled to the depth Of about tw o feet (four inches being allowed for settling) wi th a c ompost which was previ ously pre pare d by mixi n g about three parts of turf taken from the surface of a rather Shaly pasture one par t of rotten stable manure and on e part of lime rubbish I t is one of the popular errors that vi nes for graperies should be two or three years old ; the age of a vine usually h as but little to do with its size and if grape vines are properly grown the ďŹ rst year from cuttings they will be quite as goo d for planti n g as if two or three years old I n fact it i s a question whether a vine grown from a cut ti ng in Mar ch an d planted i n June is not quite as good as one a year older O ur experi ence has shown that there is hardly a perc eptible difference i n the two at the end of the season as su ch vi nes however are too tender to be shipped far we generally re c ommend bu yi ng on e year Old vi nes that may be planted i n April May or June hav ing ri pened Sh oots about three feet in length These vines are all grown i n pots the previous season an d when re c eived the soil sh ould be shaken oif entirely and the roots spread out i n the border without i njuri ng them The root i t will be understood i s planted ou tside in the b or d er, an d the Shoot tak en i nsid e throu gh a n openin g i n r i s e e , p

G A RDENING

1 48

PLE A S URE

FO R

the walls This is made of bri ck or stone an d Should be left open at every three feet the d istance at which th e vines should be planted ; if the wall is of wood it can easily be cut to suit the Size of the vine The plants we u sed were strong one year old vines and were set about June l st By Oc tober they had grown to over tw enty feet in length The varieties used were nine tenths Black H amburg with a few M u s c ats an d Frontignans all of which have done e x c eedingly well I n November they were cut b a ck to the bottom of the r after or about three feet from the ground and quickly rea ched the top again the second year wi th ﬁrm well ripene d wood I n N ovember they were again prun ed back to about three feet above the foot of the rafter or s i x feet from th e ground O n this shoot w as produced the fruit referred to (the third year from the time of planting) We prune any time i n N ovember or D e cem ber after the leaves have fallen and c ut the shoot back to about four feet from top of the raf ter or about si xteen feet from the ground Every D ecember we lay the vi nes down along the front wall after being pruned c overing them completely wi th soil until May when they are then taken up and tied to the wires which a re | galvanized iron and run across the rafters 1 5 inches apart and 1 5 in ches from the glas s The traini n g followed is what is called the spur sys tem which is simply to al low one cane or Shoot to each rafter ( or at three feet apart ) and pruning the side shoots or bearing wood annually back to one eye In the summer treatment of the cold grapery th e principle must never be lost Sight of that to keep the vines in per feet health a t emperature Of not less than 70 at night wi th 1 0 or 1 5 higher during the day is always ne c essa ry Any rapi d vari ati on downward i s c ertain to result i n mil dew The ﬂoor of the grapery shoul d be kept d ashe d wi th water at all ti mes unless in d amp weath er from the ,

GAR DENING

1 50

PLEA S URE

EOR

C H A P T ER

XLVII

H OU SE OR FORCING GRAPERY T H O THE

When grapes are forced by artificial heat probably the best plan is that Of the lean to Struc ture shown by the illustrations figs 6 1 62 an d 63 F ig 6 1 gi ves the plan which as i n some former e n gravi n gs i t is n o t prao t i c abl e to show on the page at full le n gth ; it is accord fra c tured portions as Shown by the irregular i n gl y li nes being taken o u t of each compartment the figures give the proper proportion F ig 62 is a part of the front elevation a n d fig 63 a section at the division between the two houses The house is 1 0 0 feet long by 1 6 feet wide di vi ded into two compartmen ts for ea rly and late forcing each 50 x 1 6 feet and both heated by one boiler wi th valves in the furn ace pit to Sh ut Off and taps to draw the water from the pipes n ot in u se a matter to be looked to when vi n eries are n ot in u se for if the water is not drawn When grapes ou t Of the pipes it may freeze and burst them are to be forced it is essen tial that a sufficient coverin g of manure or leaves be placed on the border to prevent frost from reachi n g the ro ots as to apply heat to th e vin es i n side while the roots are fr ozen w ould seriously i n j ure them For ve ry early forci n g whe n th e vi n es are started as early as Jan uary i t is u sual n ot only t o put covering enough to secure from frost but also to slightly ferment so as to throw some warmt h into the border N O matter at what seaso n the grapery i s started for forcin g the tempe rature should n ot run over 50 or 5 5 a t night with a day temperature of 1 0 or 1 5 higher i n creasing 1 0 when the b ud s have Opened which will be in four or five weeks from the time of startin g In five or si x weeks the fruit wi ll be set and the temperature i s to be raised 1 0 more I n forcing moisture is of equal im ,

“

H OU S E

TH E H OT-

Fig 61 .

—PLAN

F ORCING GRA PERY

FOR C IN G

G R APE R

1 51

1 52

GA RDENING

FOR

PLEA S URE

portan c e w i th heat for if this is not atte n de d to you may expe c t red— spiders and thrips and then all your labor may be in vain to keep up this moisture tan ks are usu ,

Fig 62

—ELEVA TION

Fig 63 .

O E ER O N T OE

—SEC TION

F OR C IN G

FOR C IN G

GR APER

( IN

P AR T

)

ally placed on the hot water pipes for graperi es an d these are kept ﬁlled with water keeping up a continued evap ora tion ex c ept at the time the vines are in ﬂower ; it -

GA RDENIN G

1 54

EOR

PLEA S URE

S trawb erri es may be plante d ei th er i n the fall or spring If the plants are to be set in the fall it Should n ot be done if possible in this latitude before the middle Of S ep tember This of course refers to the plants from run ners taken up from the bed in the usual manner and there is nothing gained in time over planting the next spring as the plant must grow for one season before it I n private gardens it is c an bear a full crop of fr u it .

Fig 64 .

—S TR IKIN G S TR AWB ER RIES

IN P

OTS

much better to have the plants layered in pots as they may then be set at almost any time These pots may be from two to three inches in diameter ; wh en a lot of strawberry plan ts are wante d for a new bed all that is necessary to do i s to fill these small pots with soil and plun ge or plant th e pot just to the surface level plac ing the unrooted runner of the strawberry plant on the top of the soil in the fl ow er pot and laying a small stone or clod on it to keep it in plac e This method of strikin g in pots is shown i n fig 64 The runners so ,

“

TR A WB ERRY

TH E S

1 55

treated wil l form plants i n two or three weeks an d may C planted wit safety any time from August to c ou t h be tober I f strawberry plan ts are treated in this way an d lanted in A u gust and care taken that all runners that p come from them be c ut off as soon as formed so that th e whole force of the root i s thrown i nto the main c rown a full crop Of berries will be gathered the season follow ing or i n nine or ten months from time of plan tin g We have practiced this system of layering strawberry plant s i n pots for what we need for our own u se for the past twenty years an d the results have been so successf ul that we have man y co n verts to the system amon g our n eigh bors P lants grown i n this manner cann ot often be ob t a in e d from the nurseries as the n ecessary labor and ex pense of the pots makes th e price ďŹ ve times more than that of ordinary plants roote d in the open be d W hen strawberry plants are set out i n the f all u nless un d er favorable circumstances many will fail to grow for the reason that each young plan t or runner i s sustaine d i n part by the Old plant and when detached feels the shock more than a roote d cuttin g or seedling plant d oes that has been growin g for weeks on i ts own accou n t for that reason we have always a d vi sed all that were i ntending to lant fresh strawberry beds to prepare their plants a f e w p weeks ahead b y layeri n g them i n pots Two to four hun dre d plants are all that an ordin ary fami ly will need an d â&#x20AC;&#x2122; two or three hours work woul d be all the time requi re d to layer the plan ts i n the pots O ne hundred plants so prepared wil l give more fruit the ďŹ rst season than plants plante d in the usual way and the plan t forms a stool quicker a n d much less time is expended in keep ing them clean The u se of layered pla n ts i s re com mended specially for fall planting and the sooner it i s done i n fall the better ; plant in August if possible In spring the u se of potte d plants would have no spe c ial advantage as if planted in Ap ri l or Ma they woul d y ,

G A RDENING

1 56

FOR

PLE A S URE

all the summer to grow b ut of c ourse n o fru i t c an be expected the season of planting F or this reason i t will be seen that to secure a c rop quickly the time to plant is in August or S eptember and from plants tha t have been layered in pots There is no arbitrary rule for the distance apart at which strawberry plants should be set but if the ground has been prepare d as advised the finest fruit will be ha d by givi ng them plenty o f room F or ou r own use we usually set 4 00 plants annu ally i n August at two feet apart between the rows an d eighteen inches between the plants an d gather about 20 0 quarts of splen di d fruit If the gro u n d i s limite d they may be planted at half the above di stan c e particularly if set late in fall There i s one very important point i n strawberry culture that Shoul d never be negle c ted ; that i s that the beds be entirely covere d wi th hay straw or leaves to the depth of three or four inches This c ov erin g Should not be put on however before the approach of severe weather in this district about the mid dl e Of D e ber This c overi n g should not be taken Off in sprin g ; cem it i s only necessary to go over the be ds as soon as growth begin s in Spring and pull the c overing back from the plants only su fii ci en t to expose the crown allowi ng all to remain on th e bed This coverin g serves several pu rpo ses I t keeps the roots warm until the plants start to grow it keeps the fru it clean whe n ripe it prevents the growth of weeds and fi n all y acts as a mulch to keep the Altho u gh st rawberry S oil from dryi n g in hot weather beds will remain in bearing for a number of years the fruit i s always largest and fin est the first season Of bear in g gradually gettin g smaller as the p lants get older hen ce i t i s desirable to provide for a successio n if not every year at least eve ry second year F or garden c ul t ure in this as in all o ther fruits it is unwise to use an y but fully teste d vari eti es, three or four o f wh i ch are h ave

su ﬁi ci en t

GA RDENING

1 58

FOB

PLE A S URE

forcing is the one we recommend for n early all plants ; three parts rotted sods and on e part rotted man ure The pott ed strawberries should be placed on boards ﬂaggi n g or a layer of coal ashes t o prevent the earth At worms from getti n g in at the bottom of the pots ﬁrst after bein g shifted they should be set closely to gether but as they grow they must be spread apart as it is necessary that the air pass arou n d the pots to ripen the roots O f course the necessary atten tion to water i s as importan t with these as with other plan ts in pots They may thus stand in the open air until N ovember when the pots may be plunged in dry leaves to prevent their be ing b roken by frost and the tops also covered an i n ch or two with the same material ; as cold weather advances they may be taken in at intervals of two weeks or so a n d placed on the shelves of a green house n ear the glass where the te mperature will average at night 5 0 degrees and if due attention to wateri n g has heen give n a crop will be the result such as will well repay the labor n ot o n ly as fruit but the plants SO loaded will them selves be beautiful gree n house orn aments Go o d vari e ti e s for forcing a re Triomphe de Gan d and C hampio n .

RAS PB ERRY

have the Raspberry in perfection the same prepara tion of soil i s necessary as for the S t rawberry The can es or sho o ts of the R aspberry a re biennial that i s the cane or shoot that is for m ed on e seaso n bears fruit the next seaso n and dies off after fruiti n g givi n g place to the young can e that is to fruit the f ollowi n g season and s o on The distances apart to plan t the Raspberry for garden culture may be if in rows ﬁve feet apart with the plan ts two feet apart in the row or if in separate stools or hills they may be set four feet each way If plan ted at distances of four feet apart th ree plan ts may b e put in each hill which will quicker secure a c rop ,

R AS PB ERRY

159

They may be set either in fall or i n Spri ng if i n fall a coveri n g of four or ﬁve inches of litter should be spread over the roots to prevent them from getting too much frozen And eve n when the plants are established and gro w ing it i s necessary in many cold sections to ben d down the canes and cover them with pine branches or c overing that will shield them from severe freezing some O n the large scale the canes are bent down and covered a few inches of earth an operation that may be with per f ormed by two persons O ne bends down the rapidly ,

Fig 65 — .

L AY 1 N G D OW N

R A S P B ER R

C AN E

canes (usin g a pitchfork or other implement ) as Shown in the accompan yi ng diagram (fig while the other throws su fficien t earth near the tips to hold the canes in place ; after a row is thus bent over the two go bac k cover with eart h more completely Al l the an d pru ni ng that is necessary for the Raspberry is to thin ou t the shoots i n each hill to four or si x ; this is best done in th e summe r after the fruit is gathered and at the same time the old canes that have borne the fruit should be cut out so that the young shoots coming forward to do duty ne x t seaso n may have room to grow freely and develop and ripen the woo d When the leaves drop in fall the canes may be shortened down a foot or so which will complete the pruning process To get the full benefit of all the fruit it is very n ecessary to stake the Raspberry this may be done either by tying the canes of each plant separately to a stout stake driven two feet ,

GA RDENING

1 60

PLEA S URE

FO R

or SO in the grou n d or if grown in rows they may be tied to wires ru n ni n g along the rows the wires should be stretched between t wo stout posts one a t each end of the row and three feet more or less above the ground acco rding to variety to prevent the wire from sagging stakes Should be driven into the ground di rectly u n der it at i n tervals of Si x or ten feet ; the w ire is attached to these by means of staples placed over i t and dri ven into the ends of the stakes The di agram fig 66 Shows the meth 0 d of training to the wire the longer canes at the right and left are t h e can es which are to fru it the cur rent year these are tied out as t h e r e shown while the n e w T RA IN IN G R A S PB ER R IES To A WIR E Fj g 66 — shoots W h l c h ’ are to furnish canes for the next year s fruiting grow up in the center and as soon as tall enough are tied to the wire ; after the outer can es have fruited they are cut away to give the others more room The varieties are very numerous those named below are such as will be most satisfactory for private u se F rom 1 0 0 to 20 0 hills or plants Of all varieties will u su ally b e sufficient for most families — A large crimson fruit of deli ci ous flavor l Fas to fi ’ — A n orange colored berry Of large B r in chle s Ora nge size very productive and of excellent flavor — N ot quite so large as th e Fastolif b ut o f C la rke ,

, ,

‘

1 62

GA RDENING

FOR

PLE A S URE

vigorous growth i t i s sometimes set in any out of the way corner and in almost any soil ; but it wi l l amply repay generous cultivation with finer fruit The man ner of growth is the same as the Raspberry and whe n th e fruit i s picked the Ol d canes are to be ou t out to g ive the n e w ones a chance The new Shoots are very vigorous growers a n d when they reach the hight of five or at most six feet they Should be Stopped by pinch ing this will cause an abundance of Side Shoots to start which are to be pinched when about 1 8 inches long This trea t ment increases the productiveness of the plants a n d keeps the fruit within reach The bushes Should be kept tie d to stout stakes or wires a s advi sed for the Ra spberry The following are a few of the popular kinds K i tta ti n ny — An immensely large berry of ex cell ent flavor of deep Sh i ny black color one o f the very best for family u se ’ Wi lson s Ea rly — O ne o f th e earliest vari eti es ri pen i n g a week or more before the Ki ttatinny quite as large and of excellent quality Cu t— lea ved — The meri t of th i s vari ety i s i ts lateness of ri pening comi ng in just when the others are done fru it i ng I t is of large Size and esteemed by many whi le others do n ot li ke i ts very di stinct and peculiar flavor ,

CURRA NT S

The C urrant i s useful both for d essert an d for preserv i ng purposes An i mmense weight of fruit is obtained for the sp a ce i t oc cupies and the ease of its culture makes it common in every garde n The red and white varieties of C urrants may be planted three or four feet apart each way the black at four or ﬁve feet apart P runing is done in fall by cutting off about on e third of the young growth of th e previ ou s summer a n d th inning ou t ol d shoots when the plant gets too thick All are trained i n .

G OOS EB ERRY

1 63

low b ush form the whites and reds usually from three to four feet high and wide and the black four to six feet An insect known as the cu rrant worm i s often very de stru c tive O n its first appearan c e if confined to a few leaves these should be cut off Shoot and all and de stroyed If they threaten to be troublesome powdered white H ellebore either dusted on or mixed four ou n ces to a pailful of water and applie d with a syringe will de st roy them at once B la ck N ap les — This is the favorite black variety and is u sed almost exclusively for j ams and jellies The black varieties are much less grown h ere than in Europe b ut the taste for them is increasin g — e D u tch R d C olor of berries deep red o f average size flavor excellent — Berri es large of a yell owish white i t e r a e Wh G p c olor The fl avor of this variety is less a c id than any other excellent for dessert — The fruit mu ch larger than the R e d Versa i lles D utch and the best flavored of all t h e large berried kinds — Berries larger than that of any other sort C herry but too ac i d for most tastes only suitable for j elly ,

G OOSE B ERRY

The Gooseberry is a fruit better s u ite d for the cl imate Of Britai n than for o u rs and it is never seen here in the perfection it attai n s there I t ripens j ust when our h ot test weather occu rs forcing i t unnaturally to maturity and hence the absen ce of the size and ﬂavor it attains when ripened a t a lower temperature The native varie ties though far infe rior in quality are usually more free fr om milde w and are therefore most desirable for culti v ation here as th e fruit with us i s more used in the gre e n than in the ripe state Gooseberri es are planted from ,

G A RDENING

1 64

FOR

PLEA S URE

three to four feet apart and are treate d i n all other re spec t s like C urrant bushes — A native variety of medium Size greenish D ow n i ng white when ripe excellent quality ’ — r i Also a nat i ve va iety s z e me i n e dl e n s S h t o u Ho g g di u m color red ﬂavor avera g e O f the foreign varieties among R eds may be named as leading sorts Warrington C hampion Waterloo ; of Green s Green Globe Melville Green Gage ; of Yellows S ulphur C hampagne Golden D rop ; of Whi tes C rystal Whitesmith D utch ,

FIG S

The Fi g on a cc ount of it not being hardy i n the north ern states is but little cultivated u n less in tubs which are placed in c ellars or Sheds t o protect the mduri n g the winter months or o c casionally on the back wall of lean to graperies but in all parts of the c ountry where the thermometer does not get lower than twe n ty degrees above zero they c an be grown freely in the open air without protection I t is hardly ever necessary to pru ne the F ig except to regulate its Shape by cutting back any extra strong shoots In sections of the country such as Maryland or West Virginia or D elaware where it may require slight protection when grown in the open a ir it Should be planted against a wal l or fence and trained against it on the approach of cold weather it should be laid down and covered as re c ommended for hardy grapes When grown in tubs to be kept in cellars sheds or green house pits they should be pla c ed under cover in this latitude early in N ovember kept as dry as possible with ou t shrivelling and set out in the open air again in May The soil and gen eral treatment for plants grown in the open air in pots or tubs will be sui table for them ,

G A RDENING

1 66

FOR

PLE A S URE

and c ontinues to annually enlarge in growth and produ c ti ven ess until i t Often attains a larger Size than most of The C herry grows freely in almost any ou r fruit trees soil that is free from moisture preferring however like most other fr u its a deep loamy soil The tree may be trained as desired either in pyr amidal form or with a round top by pruning an d directing the Shoots The di stance apart may b e ten or twelve feet Varieties B la ck Ta rta ri a n — D eep purplish black ve ry large fine flesh unsurpassed in quality last of June R ockp ort — Very large a mber yellow dotted re d flesh firm sweet and ex c ellent ripens in June ’ Coe s Tra n sp a ren t — C olor pale amber yellow spotted with pink fl esh tender sweet and of fine flavor ripens mi ddle of June M a y D u lce — C olor dark red s iz e me di um quality ex c ell en t ; ripens early in June M orell0 — A sub a c id variety of medium size color bright— changi ng to darker color when fully ripe ; re d han gs long on the tree mainly used for pies an d pre servi ng -

PLU M

Th e

c ul tivati on oi th e P lum is ren d ered nearly useless in most places by the attacks of the C urculio or Plum Weevi l Every conceivable application to the t ree s has been tried without any satisfactory result The o n ly thin g which will e ffectually save a crop in the districts infested by this insect is to j ar the tree i n the mornin g or in c ool days ﬁrst sprea di ng sheets un d er the trees to c atch the weevi ls after whi c h they may be burned If this is begun as soon as the plums are forme d and per siste d in every few days until they are ripe a large share of the crop may be saved This may be thought to be pay i ng rather dear for a c rop of plums but i t i s re ally the ,

PLU M

1 67

only way i t c an b e se c ured Many years ago the crop of a plum orchard under ou r ch arge numbering over a hun dred large trees was saved by this process while all o t her plums in the dis tri ct where th e j arri n g of the trees was not resorte d to were completely destroyed This plan was re c ommende d nearly half a cen tury ago and no other practicable metho d h as Since been presented It has been recommended by some to plant the trees on t h e bank of a pond or running stream and train them to overhang the water also to pave or cement around the roots so that the i n sect cannot burrow but these plans would be often i mpossible and are useless Trees upon stiff clayey soils are more exempt from the ravages of the C urculio than those upon light ones probably for the reason that the i nsect in the grub or larvae state cannot penetrate them so readily as they must enter the ground to become perfect i nsects The average distance at which the P lum may be plan ted is from ten to twelve feet The followi n g are distin ct and ﬁne sorts .

— C olor

purple with a ri ch blue bloom size medium flesh deep yellow flavor of first quality cli ng sto n e ripens i n August Orlea n s

Wa shi ngton — C olor yellow marbled with red next the sun large Size flesh firm sweet and rich freestone ripens first of S eptember ,

Gaye

—A

well known variety rather small i n size but Of exquisite ﬂavor color greenish yellow sp otted with red on the sunny side freestone ; ri pens early i n August Green

Colu m bi a — Of

the largest size col or brownish -purple flesh yellow Sweet and finely flavore d freestone ripens the last of August ,

‘

Golden D rap — A

very Ol d and well known sort color golden -ye llow wi th red spots next the sun large oval ,

G A RDENING

1 68

PLE A S URE

FOR

ripens mid dl e

rich and sweet yellowi sh ﬂesh ; clingstone of S eptember .

PE A CH

The P each prefers the light d ry an d warm soils known as sandy loams The tree is Shortlived in most sections a n d attains its best fru i ting condition usually when from five to ni ne years Ol d The tree is greatly ben efitt e d by pruning ; the grow t h of the pre vi ous sea this if annually s on should be shortened about on e third followed from the time the trees are set will give them compact heads instead of open straggli ng ones the b ran ches of which wil l break down wit h the first full crop of fru it In the peach growi ng districts the c ulti v a t ors do not expect more than three crops in five years and if they get two full c rops in that time they are con tent and amateurs should expect no more When a crop sets at all there is usually more fruit than the tree can carry and ripen ; no fruit n eeds severe thinning more th an th e peach In bearing seas ons half or two thirds of those which set may be removed with benefit to the rest When a tree appears sickly wi th yellow foliage dig i t up at once The distance apart may be from eight to ten feet Amo n g the favori t e vari eties for garden culture may be named ’ Ea rly B ea tri ce — O ne of Mr Rivers seedli ngs an d so far as tried in this country promises to be a valuable early sort ; its size is small but quality good freestone ’ H a le s Ea rly —A very early peach of fair size an d great beauty but has the fault that i t in some localities rots just as it begins to ripen a di ffi c ulty probably due to overbearing rather than to lo c ality ; freestone excellent — Colu m i a L arge round color yell ow and red b streaked wi th dark crimson flesh yellow rich and ju ic y flavor excellent freestone ripens in S eptemb er ,

G A RDENING

1 70

os ton

cheek stone

;

FO R

PLE AS URE

— L arge , oval , yellow with mottled c rimson

ﬂesh yellow ex c ellent quality ; S eptember free ,

A PR l C O T

Apric ot i s c losely related to the peach b ut b elo n gs to another species it is less j uicy and h as a flavor quite di stinct from and by some preferred to that of the pea c h The blighting C urc ulio attacks the Apricot also and its culture can only be su cc essful by c ombating the diffi culties that attend that of the plum unless in spe c ial locations that seem few and far between The vari eties are — Moorp a rk Si ze larg e as an averag e pea ch yellow with red cheek ; flesh orange Sweet and of exqu i si te flavor ri pens i n July Ora nge — P ale yellow wi th re d c heek si ze me di um ; ri pens end of July Tu rkey — L arge d eep yellow shade d orange ; flesh pale yellow firm ric h and sweet ; ripens i n Au gust Th e

The apple c an only be grown in gard ens as a dwarf either kept in a bush form or trained as a pyram i d or other Shape The dwarf trees are made so by graftin g on d wa rﬁn g stocks wh i le the varieties are the same as those found in the large trees of the orchard Two sorts of d w a rﬁn g sto c ks are use d by nurseryme n the D oucin and P aradise Trees upon the D oucin will u ltimately grow quite large and a s th e P aradise is the only stock which makes really dwarf trees the amateur who wishes to grow dwarf apple trees should make sure that they are worked on P aradise s tocks O f course trees of this kin d are not advised as a source of fruit but there can scarcely be a handsomer Obj ect in the garden than a bush three feet high and about the same throu gh lo a d e d wi th enor ,

‘

PPLE— PE A R S

1 71

mous apples D warf apple trees may b e plante d six feet apart ea ch way while ordinary trees in the orchard are given 1 5 to 3 0 feet or even 4 0 feet The following sorts are recommended for garden c ulture F or d escrip tions see nursery catalogues R ed Astrachan Alexan der ’ Sweet B ough F all P ippin Gravenstein Mai den s Blush P orter Rambo N orthern S py Mother Twenty O un c e Beauty of K ent H awthornden S pitzenberg Jonathan K ing of Tompki ns C ounty K eswi c k C odli n L a dy Apple Re d C anada Swaar PE AR S -

Like apples are grown as dwarfs an d standard s Th e former being planted from eight to ten feet apart the latter from ten to twelve feet The dwarfs budded on th e quince sto c k are mostly used for garden culture as from their habit they are more suitable besides having th e i nvaluable quality Of c omin g quicker into bearing Time was when the adage we n t H e that plants pears plants for his heirs but this is now no more appl ic able to the pear th an to the peach for we now have ﬁn e crops of pears budded on the quin c e i n three to ﬁve years from the time of planting The trees may be grown as pyramids or in the bush form or in small gardens pear peach and other trees are successfully trained in what i s c alled the oblique cordo n wh i ch allows a number of vari eties to be grown in a small space O nly a ge n eral outline of the method can be gi ven ’ here referring for fuller details to Barry s and other works on fruit culture A trellis is built about 8 feet high by n ailing a stro n g top an d bottom ra il to posts which should be about 8 feet apart S lats of inch stuff are put on between the two rails at an angle of 3 0 these are fastened on with s c rews as when the trees have reached the top the slats are to be brou ght down to an d they should be l on g enough to allow for do in g ,

G A RDENING

1 72

FOR

PLEA S URE

th is Youn g trees are set i n an incline d position i n a line wi th these slats which are three feet apart Each tree is c ut back to a few buds and on e Shoot allowed to grow from the strongest bud all the others being re moved This shoot as i t grows is kept tied to the slat and when it throws out side Shoots as i t soon will they are pin ched back to three or four leaves wh enever the shoot is su ﬁi cien tl y developed to allow the number of the leaves to be seen By growing in this i nclined .

Fig 67 .

—C OR D ON

TRAININ G O F P EAR

TR EE

posi ti on and by pin c hing every shoot bac k to three or four leaves the tree is dwarfed and made to bear early and when properly managed forms a perfect c ordon or garland with fruit along its whole length Fi g 6 7 The f ollowing / Shows a portion of a trellis of th i s kind varieti es are re c ommen de d for either kind of tra ini n g F or des c ri pti ons see nursery c atalogues Bartlett Beurré ’ ’ ’ d An j ou D uchesse d An gou l é me L a wren c e C lapp s ’ F avorite Beurr é B ose D ana s H ovey Vicar of Win k ﬁel d H owell U rbaniste S e ckel Winter N elis Brandy ’ wine D oyenn é d Ete L ouise B onne d e Jersey Belle L ucrative D oyenn é B ou ssock ,

C OTTA GE G A RDENING— A DIGRE SSI O N

C H A P TER

X L IX

1 75

C OTTAGE GARDE NING—A DIGR ESSION

B efore takin g up the Subject of vegetable c ulture I will relate an i n cident c onnected with c ottage gardening that may interest if it do es not be nefit some of those i n to whose hands this book may fall About a dozen years ago I had the pleasure of maki n g the acquaintance of a gen tl e ma n whose duties compelled him to be at his desk i n ’ a close Offi c e in the C i ty of N e w York from 9 O clock A M to 4 P M Being naturally of a weak c onstit u tion his sedentary life soon made him the vi cti m of dyspepsia t o such a degree tha t he felt that he must soon resign his H e was then a man Of fort y entirely ignorant S ituation of anything pertaining to country life and it was wi th great misgivings and reluctance that by the advi ce of his physician he c hanged his home from a closely built part Of N ew York to a cottage i n the then country like suburb of Bergen H eights N J Hi s means enabled him to purcha se a modest c ottage bu i lt on a lot 50 by 1 50 feet he d i d not want the lan d he said but the cot tage was su c h as he fan c ie d and the groun d had to go with it I t was about this time that I formed his a c qu ai nt an c e through some business transaction an d he asked my professional advice as to what he c ould do with his land which he ha d already begun to consider some what Of an incumbrance I replied to him that if I was not greatly mistaken In his little plot of ground lay a c ure for all his bodily ills and that b esIdeS it could add to the comforts if not the luxuries of his table if he would ’ I w ork it i he exclaimed only work i t You don t suppose that these hands could dig or del ve holding up his thin an d bloodless fingers and i f they c oul d I know ,

“

1 76

G A RDENING

FOR

PLE A S URE

nothing about gardening I told himI thought neither obj ection insur mountable if he on ce begu n The result of ou r conversation was that he resolved to try and try he did to a purpose O ur interview was in March and before the end of April he had his lot all nicely dug over the labor being done by his own han ds during an hour and a h alf ea c h morni n g H is custom ’ was to get up at six o clock and work at his garden until hal f past seven This gave hi mample time to dress get breakfast and be at his desk in the city by nine The labor of merely digging was (to him ) heavy and rather monotonous but he stuck to it bravely and when he again presented h imself before me for plants and seeds and i n formation as to wh at to do with them it was wit h some pride that I saw my prescription had worked so well for my friend then looked more like a farmer than a pallid clerk The regulating of his little garden was a simple matter and wa s done a c cording to the following !

C au l iﬂ ow er c ,

C u c u mb ers

ab b a

g e an d

on i on s, a n d

B e et s c arrot s ,

B u sh

an d

b e an s

l e ttu

p a rsl e

p a rsn i ps

S tra w b erri e s

R a spb e

T oma toe s

A s p ara gus

rri e s

and

R hu b arb

D uring his ﬁrst season of c ourse he made some blun ders and some failures but his interest in the work in creased year by year His family was supplied with an abundance of all the fresh vegetables and fruits h i s lim i te d space could admi t of being grown — a supply that it would have taken at least $ 1 50 to purchas e at retail and stale at that But th e beneﬁt d erived from the c ultiva ,

G A RDENING

1 78

FO R

PLE A SURE

vegetable in general use placing them alphabeti c ally for easy reference and enumerate the leading var i eties ,

P R GU S— (Asp a ragu s oﬁ c ina lis )

AS A A

Asparagus should be planted the first spring that the o wner comes i n to possession of the land and if th e house i s yet to be built let the Asp aragus bed be pla n ted at once as it takes the roots two or three years to acquire sufficient strength to give a crop F or an ordi nary family a bed Of Six rows of fifty or Sixty feet in length and three feet apart will be sufficient the plants in the rows being se t nine inches apart In planting it is custo mary to u se two year Ol d plants but it often happens that as large a plan t is raised from seed in good soils in one year as in a poorer soil in two years ; in such cases the one year Ol d plant is preferable The preparation of th e Asparagus bed should be made with more care than for most vegetables from th e fact that it is a permanent crop which ought to yield as well at the en d of tw en ty five as of five years if the soil has been well prepared The asparagus bed to start with should be on grou n d thoroughly dr ai n ed either naturally or ar tifici al l y and if choice can be had on a rather light sandy loam This should be trenched and mixed with su ffi c ient manure to form a coatin g of at least six inches thick over the bed this manure Should be worked into the soil by tre n ching to the depth Of two feet as the roots of the plant wi ll reach quite that depth i n a few years I n setting the crowns of th e plants Should be placed at least three in ches below the surface I t makes but little difference whether it is plan t ed in spri n g or fall ; if in spring it should be don e as early as the ground is dry enough to wo rk and if in fall just as soo n as the plan ts can be had which is usually i n the early part of O ctober We prefer fall planting on light , well ,

P R A GU S

AS A

1 79

draine d so ils for the reason that if i t i s done then you n g roots are formed which are ready to grow on the ap proach of spring but if the pla n ting i s done i n March or April this formation of new roots has to take place then and causes a co rresponding delay i n growth P lants are sold by market garde n ers and seedsmen an d as it will save a year or two to purchase them it i s not worth while to raise them from seed in a private garden The edible portion is the undeveloped s tems which if cut away as soon as they appear are followed by others wh ic h start from the crown Of the plant The c utting ,

Fig 68 — A SP AR AG .

if continue d too lon g would finally exhaust the root hen ce it is customary to stop cut tin g as soon a s early peas become ple n ty a n d allow the remaining shoots to grow d u ri n g the remai n der of the season a n d thus accumulate sufficien t stre n gth in the plant to allow it to produce a n other crop of shoots the next season The engravi ng n g plant w i th the earth re represents a stro (fig ,

G ARDENING

1 80

FOR

PLE A S URE

moved from the roots the Shoots are shown i n diﬁ ere n t stages of developme n t and it will be seen h ow rea dily careless cutting may inj ure the buds which are ready to produce a succession of shoots The surfac e of the A spargu s bed should have a top dressing of three or four in c hes of rough stable manure every fall (N ovember ) which should be lightly forked into the bed in spring The best variety is what is known as ’ Va n Si ckl en s C olos I n some localities sa Asparagus is attacked by an insect called the Asparagus Beetle The best method of getting rid of this pest that we have found is to coop up a hen and let the chicke n s pick up the insects and the ir eggs ,

R T ICHO KE GLOB E -

The portion used of this plan t is the unde Fi g 69 — G L OB E AR TIC H OKE v el ope d ﬂower cluster or the portion which is kn own a s the scales of the involucre They are boiled and served wi th drawn butter but outside of F ran ce do not seem to be ve ry generally appreciated The plants are propagated ﬁrst by seeds sown in a hot bed in March and planted ou t at distances of from two to three fee t I t is not always h ardy en ough for our wi n ters in the northern states though it proves so in all latitudes south of Wash .

G A RDENING

1 82

FO R

PLE A S URE

quired although a quart at one sowing would give an a m ple quantity for any ave rage family The varieties m ost in u se at prese n t are Ea rly Va len ti n e Ea rly C hi n a MO ha wk P ryce B la ck Wa x and R efugee ,

B E AN —P OLE

RUNNING

(P ha seolu s

l P h as eo us lu na tus ( )

vulg a ris

)

LI MA

AN D

P ole Beans are usually c ultivated in hills three or four feet apart The poles (which are best made of you n g cedar trees ) should be nine or ten feet high and fi rmly fixed at least eighteen inches deep i n the groun d and the hills formed around them by digging up the soil a n d mixing it with a shovelful of well rotted man ure or an ou n ce or so of guano or bo n e dust if th e stable manure i s not attainable ; b u t i n either case let the mixi n g be thorough The hills shoul d be but two or three inches above the general level and a t least eighteen i n ches in diameter The term hill i s an unfortunate one as it Often leads inexperienced persons to suppose that a tall heap must be made and it is a c ommon mistake to form miniature hills o ften a foot or more i n hight u pon which to sow seeds or set plants the eff ect Of this is to co n fi n e the roots to this small high a n d dry space When the word hill is used In this work it is to i n dicate the place plants are to occupy and unless some hight is me n tio n ed it is not above the general level After the bil l has been properly formed around the pole from five to si x beans should be plan te d around it at a depth of two inches but the plan tin g should never be done i n this latitude before th e 20 th Of May In all our experience as seedsmen we know of no seed that is s o u n iversally replanted as Lima Bean s I think it safe to say that at least half of all the people who buy plant before the ground is dry a n d warm a n d then tell us that the seed must have been bad be c ause it rotted i n the ground In ,

“

B E A N— B EET

1 83

the hurry o f b usi ness we have not always time to explain why they rotted and would here state for the sake of our selves and c otemporari es that the reas on why the Limas fail to grow in 9 9 cases o u t of 1 0 0 is that they are planted too early and that it is no fault of the seed which is rarely imperfect The proper method Of planting Lima Beans is to push each one singly into the soil with the eye downward the embryo is so very b road and ﬂat that it is difﬁ cult for it to turn i tself as smaller seeds do when placed i n a wrong position ,

The L a rge

prized

Whi te

ma is the variety that i s most

Wa x makes pods nine in ches in length and is a very productive variety T he L on don H orti cu l tu ra l i s used as snaps or shelled T he S ca rlet R u n n er is a highly ornamental variety prod u ci n g d azzling scarlet flowers during the whole summer I t is used mainly as a snap bean Lima Beans are usually only planted once in this latitude as they take nearly the whole season to ma ture F rom thirty to fifty poles are sufficient for ordinary use ; this will re quire fro m one to two quarts of seed T he Gi a n t

B EE T

(B eta

vulg a ris .

)

S ow in shallow drills twelve to e i ghteen i n c hes apart in April or May dropping the seeds so that they will fall an inch or so apart When the plants have grown to the hight of about two Inches thin out so that they will stand four inches apart When the roots are three inches in diameter they a re ﬁt for u se O f course they are used when much larger but the younger they are the more delicate and tender The vari eties c ulti vated are lim i ted to a few ,

GA RDENING

1 84

Egyp ti a n — A roun d,

earliest

PLEA SURE

EO R

d eep re d vari ety i s

the

B a ssa no — A .

li ght sal mon c olored varie ty

Ea rly B lood Tu rn ip

L ater

than either of the above but best for general c rop -

oo th R ed L ong S m

long variety best for wi nter use About Six ounces of seed will give 3 0 0 feet of row ; enough f or ordinary use unless succession crops are wanted then double the quantity will be required ,

B OREC OLE (B rassi ca

KA LE

olera ea

ca r

)

The rather indeﬁnite name of sprouts is gi ven to this vegeta ble about N ew Y ork I t 7l — EGYP TIAN B EET i s sown here i n S ep tember in rows one foot apart treate d in every way as s pina c h and is ready for use in early spri ng F our ounces of seed is sufﬁcient to sow 3 0 0 feet of row Two varieties of this but little grown here are the Sc otch K ale or and the D warf German C urled Greens Greens The former is Of a deep green c olor the latter bluish pu rple both varieties are much curled almost like parsley The seeds Of these are sown in May an d transplanted in July just as we do late cabbages at dis t an c es of two feet apart each way These Greens o f !

“

GA RDENING

186

FO R

PLEA S URE

ﬂavor though the white i s the most pleasa nt l ooki ng vegetable when c oo ke d ,

BRU SSEL S S PROU T S

olera cea ca r.

(B rassica

)

This vegetable as the en gravi ng shows is a variety of the cabbage which forms scarcely a n y terminal bud or head but the buds along the stem whi c h in the ordi ,

Fig 72 — B R US SEL S .

SP R OUT S

nary cabbage remain small are i n this d eveloped i n to small heads which are the edible portion Th is is much more used i n Eu rope than with us ; though it is not su fﬁ c ien tl hardy to endure northern wi ters it will o n u r y stan d in our latitu d e until C hristmas Its cultivation is exactly similar in all respe c ts to that o f Bro cc oli ex ,

CA ULIFL OWER

187

c ept that i t may be planted c loser say from one and a half to two feet apart ,

CA ULIFL OW ER

B r as s i c a (

oleracea

c a r.

)

There i s qu i te an amb i ti on amon g amateur g ar d eners to raise early cauliﬂower bu t as the conditions necessary to success w i th this are not quite so easy to command as with most other vegetables probably n ot one i n thre e ,

Fig 73 — C A .

ULIFLOW ER

who try i t su c ceed In Englan d an d most places on the conti n ent of Europe i t i s the most valued of all vegeta bles a n d is grown there nearly as easily as early cabbages But it must be remembered that the temperature the re is on the average ten degrees lower at the time it matures (June ) than wi th us besides their atmosphere is much more humid two conditio n s esse n tial to its proper devel opm I will brieﬂy state h ow early c a u liﬂ ow ers can en t be most successfully grown here F irst the soil must be well broken and pulverized by spading to at least a f oot in depth mixing through i t a layer of three or four .

G A RDENING

1 88

PLEA S URE

FOR

in c hes Of strong well rotted stable manure The plants may be either those from seed sown las t fall a n d wintered over i n cold frames or e l se started from seeds sown in January or F ebruary in a hot bed or greenhouse and planted in small pots or boxes so as to make plants stron g enough to b e set ou t as soon as the soil i s fit to work wh ic h in this latitude is usually the first wee k in April We are often applied to for cauliflower plants as late a s May but the chances of the ir formi ng heads when planted in May are sli m indee d The surest way to secure the heading of cauli fl ow ers is to u se what are c alled hand glasses some of which are d escribe d in the chapter on Implements These are usually made about two feet square which gives room enough for three or four plants of cauliflower until they are so far forwarded that the glass can be taken off When th e hand glass is used the c a u liflow ers may b e plante d out i n any warm border early in March and c ov Th i s c overing protects them from frosts e re d by them a t night , an d gi ve s the ne c essary increase of temperature for growth duri ng the cold weeks of March and April ; so that b y the first week in May if the cau li flower h as b een properly hardened off by ventilating (by tilti n g up the han d glasses on one side) they may be taken Oif a ltogether an d then use d to forward tomatoes melons at which date these may be started if or cu c umbers If the w eather i s u n d er the protecti on of hand glasses dry the c au l i flow ers wi ll be much ben efitte d by bein g thoroughly soaked w i th water twice or thri c e a week ; n ot a mere sprinkling whi c h is of no u se but a complete dren ch ing so that th e water will reach to the lowest roots Those planted later are set out and treated in the same man n er as cabbages Th e two best varieties of cauli fl ower we have found as yet, are the D wa rf Erfu rt and Ea rly P a ri s .

G A RDENING

1 90

FOR

PLE A S URE

early varieties are Early S ummer Early Wakefield Early Y ork and Early O xheart As an i n termediate variety the Win n in gst a dt is very popular it has a Sharply con i cal head and sometimes grows quite large F or late varieties the seed should be sown in May and the plants set out in July at two to three feet apart F or w inter u se the large D rum he a d is usually grown to the exclusion of all o t h e r s and while the C url ed S avoy is vastly better flavored not one S avoy is planted fOr every thousand D ru m h e a d Of The flavor Fi g the S avoy is as e mm or u erl or to that S p Fig 1 — EAR LY F R EN C H F OR C IN G Of the D rum Fig 2 EAR LY H O R N head as that Fig 3 —LON G ORA N GE of a Bartlett to that Of a choke pear and it is altogether the b est late c abbage for family u se ,

CA RR OT

(Da u cus

C arrots

are sown any time from April to June i n rows one foot apart covering the seed two inches deep If the soil is light they will be better ﬂavored When the pl ants are an i n ch or so high thin out to three or four inches apart The varieties most in use are Early F rench F orcing Early H orn and L o n g O range Eight oun c es of seed will , .

CELERY

1 91

sow 3 0 0 feet of row whi c h for most fami lies would be an abundance both for summer and w i nter use C arrots are much prized as food for horses and cows and i f wanted for this purpose in quantity they Should be sown with a seed drill in rows one and a h alf to two feet apart ; about four pounds of seed per acre i s requ i re d ,

CELERY

( Ap i u mgra veolens ) .

If I am ďŹ tted to instru c t on the c ulti vation o f any ve g etable i t i s this as for many years I hav e c ultivate d n early hal f a million roots annually and this experience has resulted in greatly simplifying the operation The seeds are sown on a well pulverized rich border as early in the season as the ground can be worked The bed is kept clear of weeds until July when the plants are set out for the crop But as the seedli n g plants are rather troublesome to raise th e small number wanted for private use can u sually be purch ased cheaper than they can be raised on a small scale (they rarely cost more than $ 1 per and if they c an be procured fresh from the market gardeners in the neighborhood i t is never worth while to sow the seed The European plan i s to make a trench si x or eight inches deep in which to plant celery but our violent rain storms in summer soon showed us that this plan was not a good one here so we set about plant ing on the level surface of the ground just as we do with all vegetables C elery is a gross feeder and re quires an abundance of man ure whic h as usual must be well mixed and incorporated with the soil before the cel ery is set out When th e ground is well prepare d we stretch a line to the distance required a n d beat it slightly with a spade S O that it leaves a mark to Show where to place the plants These are set out at distances of six inches between the plants and usually four feet between the rows Great c are must be taken in put ,

G A RDENING

1 92

PLE A S URE

FOR

ting out the celery to see that the plant i s set just to the depth of t he roots if much deeper th e heart might be too much covere d u p which would impede the growth I t is also important that the soil be well p a cke d to the root in plantin g and if the operation can be done i n the evening and the plants copiously watered no farther attention will be required If plan ted in July nothing is to be done but keep the crop clear of weeds until S eptember ; by that time the handli n g process is to be begun whi c h consists in dr a w in g the earth to each side Of the celery and pressing i t ,

“

Fig 77 .

HAN

DLIN G

L Y

C E ER

tightly to it so as to give the leaves an upwar d growth preparatory to blanching for use S upposing this hand li n g process is done by the middle of S eptember by the ﬁrst week in O ctober it i s ready for banking up which is done by diggi ng the soil from between the rows and layi ng or banking it up on each Side of the row of celery ; after being so banke d up i n O ctober it will be ready f or se in three or four weeks i f wanted at that ti me But u If as is usually the case it is needed for winter use o n ly and is to be put away in trenches or in the cellar as will be hereafter described all that it requires is the operation of handlin g If the celery is to be left in the open ground where i t was grown then a heavy ban k ,

“

1 94

G A RDENING

PLE AS URE

FOR

apply o f c ourse to the latitude of New York ; if further south do the work later ; if further north earlier I f one has no suitable cellar the celery c an be very readily preserved in the manner followed by market g ardeners After it h a s been handle d or straightened up as before described what is in ten ded for u se by C hristmas should be dug up by about O ctober 2 5th that to be used in January and F ebruary by N ovember 1 0th and that for Marc h use by N ovember 20 th which latter date i s as late as it can be risked here although it will stand quite a sharp frost the weather by the end of N ovember i s ,

â&#x20AC;&#x153;

Fig 79 .

â&#x20AC;&#x201D;STOR IN G

L Y

C E ER

TR EN C H E

FO R

W IN TER

ften severe enough to k i ll i t or so freeze it in the ground that it cannot be dug u p The ground in wh i ch it is to be preserved for winter use must be as dry as possi ble and so arranged that no water can remain in the trench D ig a trench as narrow as possible (it Sh ould not be wider than ten i n c h es) a n d of a depth equal t o th e hight Of the celery that i s if the plant of celery be eighteen inch es high the trench should be dug eighteen i nches deep The celery is then packe d exactly in the manner described for Storing i n boxes to be placed in the c ellar ; that is stand it as near u pright as possible and pa ck as c losely together as c an be done wi thout bru i s ing O

CELERI A C

T URNIP R OOT ED CELERY

1 95

i t As the weather be c omes c old the trenches shoul d be gradually covered with leaves or litter to the thickness of si x or eight in c hes which will be enough to prevent severe freezing and enable the roots to be taken out easily when wanted F ig 79 represents th i s method o f s t oring celery in tren ches for winter u se F ro m2 0 0 to 5 0 0 roots i s the number usually requ ire d by an ordinary family The v a rieti es we rec om mend are the S an drin gh am Whit e and D warf R e d The red is as yet but li ttle use d i n this country though the ﬂavor i s better and the plant altogether har dier than t he white ,

CELERIAC OR TU R N IP— R OO T ED CEL ERY (Ap i mgra neo ,

len s

var

)

I s grown almost th e same as the common celery and as it requires but little earth ing u p the rows may be nearer to — F i 80 CELER IAC O B TUR N IP R OO TED C ELER Y g _ gether It s t ur nip like root is used as a sala d mostly by the F rench and German s I t is sometimes stewed but usu ally si mply boile d s lic e d an d d ressed as a sala d for the table ,

G A RDENING

1 96

C ORN SA LAD -

PLE AS URE

FO R

FE TTICU S

(Fedia

oli toria

)

This is sold to a considerable extent in spri n g in the ci ty markets for u se a s an early salad F or mode of cultivatio n etc see S pinach as it is grown in exactly the same man n er .

CHIVE S

(A l l iu m Schoen q arasu m) .

An entirely hardy onion like plant of easy c ulture it will grow on almost any soil for years with Fig 8 1 —C OR N — SAL AD out being tran splanted The leaves are the part used a n d may be shorn off every two weeks durin g summer It is propagated by tear n to pieces the ol d c lumps and setting the di visions in rows a foot apart ,

CR ESS

PEPPER GR ASS

( L ep id i u m sa ti vu m) .

A spring and summer salad plant sow in early spring and in s uc cession every week or so if desired in rows one foot apart The curled vari ety is the best as i t c an be used f or garnishing as well as for salad ,

CRE SS WA T ER -

(N astu rtiu m oﬂici n a le ) .

A hardy aquatic plant which c an only be properly c ul tiva t ed where there are running streams If there is a brook on the place all that would be wanted for private u se may be had by setting a few plants or sowing seeds in spring on the margi n of the water ,

C ORN

Ma ys ) .

The varieties known as S weet are the kinds cultiv a ted to be used in the green state C orn may either be planted i n hills dropping three or four seeds in a hill four feet apart each way or i n rows ﬁve feet apart drop !

“

G A RDENING

1 98

LE A S URE

FOP. P

valuable for prote c ti ng all plants liable to the attacks of flying insects and against th e light frosts so of ten inju rions to tender plants Light sandy soil is rather best for cucumbers ; the hills should be prepared in the same man n er as for Lima Beans but set three feet apart droppin g ﬁve or six seeds in each hill C ucum bers may be so wn about the middle of May and in su c cession every three or four w eeks until July The White S pine and L ong Green P ri c kly are favorite varie ti es The Gherki n or Burr is by some used for picklin g ,

“

EGG

PL AN T

( Sola nu

m Melong ena

)

Th i s is always an in teresting vegetable to c ultivate being worthy Of a place as an or n am en ta l plant as well as being much prized for c ulinary use I t i s a native of the Tropics and pe c uli arly tender We ﬁn d the seeds will not germi nate freely under a te mperature of seventy degrees and even then often tardily unless the conditions are j u st right N othing suits them so well as a warm hot bed and to get plants of the proper size to b e s et in the Open ground by the end of May the seeds should be sown early in March and the plants potted into small pots when an i n ch or so in hight But as o n ly a dozen or two plan ts are needed Fig 8 3 — EGG P LAN T for a family whenever the plants can be purchased c onve n ie n tly it i s never worth the trouble to attempt the raising of them from seeds unless i ndeed there is room i n a h ot-bed or hot house used

ENDIVE— HER B S

1 99

for other purposes D o not plant ou t sooner than the 25 th of May unless they can be prote c ted by hand glasses S et at di stan c es of four feet apart preparing the bil l s as described for L ima Beans Ea c h plant should average a doze n fruits which wi ll weigh from ten to forty ounces each The best flavored vari ety i n our opinion is the Black P ekin but the mos t prolific is the N ew Y ork Market A pure pearly white variety is highly ornamental and also of excellent flavor The Egg P lant is usually fried in slices but there are other metho d s to be found i n the proper authorities in su c h matters .

ENDIVE

u m End i via ) c h o r i C i ( .

A plant related to the lettu c e If sown i n early spri ng either in hot bed or in the open groun d in April it will be ready in May S et out at distances of ﬁfteen inches apart I t is mostly used towards fall however and when wanted at that time Should be sown in June or July and s e t out in August a n d S eptember nothing further is done after planting but hoeing to keep down the weeds until it attains its full growth which is from t w elve to eighteen i nches in diameter I t is then blanched either by gathering up the leaves and tyi ng them by their tops in a conical form or by placing a Slate or ﬂat stone on the plant to exclu d e the light and eff ect the blanching I t is used as a salad The vari eti es are the Moss C urle d and P lai n leaved Batavi an .

HERB S—SW E ET

Th yme S age Basil S weet Marj oram an d S ummer S avory are those in ge neral use ; the seeds of all ex c ept the last named should be sown in shallow drills one foot apart in May and the plants will be ﬁt for u se ,

G A RDENING

20 0

FOR

PLEA S URE

in S eptember and O ctober S umme r S avory does better if the seeds are sown where the plants are to grow .

GARLIC

( A ll iu m sativu m) .

used mostly by Europeans ; i t grows freely on any soil the sets obtained by breakin g up the Ol d bulbs are planted in early sprin g i n rows one foo t apart and ﬁve or IS

Fig 84 — GAR .

LIC B ULB S

Fig 85 — H

OR SER ADISH R OOT

s i x inches between th e plants When the leaves wither the bulbs are taken up a n d hung in a dry cool place .

H OR SERA DI SH

i u N t u r t a s (

mA rmora cia

)

F or family use a few roots of this Should be plante d i n some out oi the way corner of the vegetable garden ; a dozen roots once planted will usually give enough for a life time as it increases and spreads so that there i s never a n y danger of being without it the trouble is if it is ; once ad mitted into th e garden it i s d ifﬁ c ult to be got rid of if so d esire d -

G A RDENING

20 2

FOR

PLE A S URE

may be handy to get at in winter it is better to put i t in tren c hes as advi sed for preserving celery ,

LE TT UCE

a L a t uc (

sa l i va .

)

L ettu c e shoul d be sown i n a hot be d or greenhouse if wanted early seeds sown there in F ebruary will give nice plants to set out in April to mature in May or if it is sown in the open ground i n April and plante d out in May it will mature in June and SO on through the summer season if suc c ession crops are desi red as it only takes from ďŹ ve to si x weeks to mature The great excel lence of lettuce consists in its freshness and it c an rarely be purchased in perfect condition hence those who would enj oy it in its best state should raise it themselves F or early use to be re a dy in May the C urled S ilesia and Boston Market are the best while for summer use the C urle d In dia and Plain D rumhead should be sown as they d o not readily run to seed The C os varieties are mainly use d in Europe and are by far the b est ďŹ&#x201A;avored but from their tendency to ru n to see d i n our warmer c limate are but little c ulti vated though they might be safely grown i n the cool weather in spring or in fall An oun c e o f see d of ea ch variety wi ll b e ample -

MA RTYN IA

(Ma rtyn ia

p roboscidea

)

The unripe pods taken when perfe c tly tender are used for pickling They must be gathered every day or two or some will become hard and useless S ow in open ground in May and transplant to two feet each way in June ,

MEL ON M U S K ,

( Cucu mis Mela ) .

The cultivation of the Melon is almost identical with that of th e c u c u mb er to which referen c e may be made .

M ELON

20 3

The varieti es are numerous those name d b el ow are the most popular Green Ci tron — Med i um s iz e deeply netted almost roun d in shape ﬂesh g reen de li ci ou s ﬂavor ,

Whi te —A

J ap a n

distin ct and white skinned sort flesh yellow richly flavored Isp a ha n A valuable v ariety for the southern states but too late to matu re in the north I t rows to upwards g of a foot in l e n g t h ; skin when fully ripe light yellow flesh yellowish white with a ri c h fl er ume and a f p Ca ssa ba is v or a related variety and in most seasons ri pens wi th us ’ ’ Wa rd s N ecta r and S ki llma n s N etted are among the best for the family garden ,

, ,

MEL ON W A T ER ,

( Citru llu s

ou lg a ris

)

The cultivation Of the Water Melon i s i n all respe c ts si milar to that of the Musk Melon ex c ept that being a larger and stronger growing plant it requir es to be plante d a t greater d istan c es The h i lls shoul d n ot be ,

GA RDENING

20 4

FOB

PLEA S URE

less than eight feet apart each way I t delights in light sandy soil and will not grow satisfac t orily on heavy clayey soils The leadin g sorts are ! — Mou n ta i n Sp rou t A large sized red ﬂ esh ed variety of excellent ﬂavor ’ — F lesh Of a deep red very sweet E r l n a P hi n ey s y .

Fi g

Ice Crea

89 —W A TER

MELO

— A

’ — N PHINN EY S

E AR

white flesh ed variety and one of th e earliest ; best to be grown in northern or eastern states — a n e S o called be c ause the flesh parts readily from Or g the rind when ripe The flesh is red and rather coarse it keeps longer than any other R a ttlesn a ke also called J oe J ohn son i s a fine variety for the southern states and is largely grown for Shipment to the northern markets -

M U S TARD

( S i nap i s a lba )

F or u se an d c ulti vati on see M U SHR O OM

C ress

(Aga ricu s

ca m p estris ) .

Many who have a taste for horti c ul t ural pursu i ts grow mushroo ms as much for the novelty of the thing as for th e u se for it is certainly very grati fyi ng for an ama ,

G A RDENING

20 6

PLEA S URE

FOR

as if more it would heat too vi olently an d if less i t would not heat enough Into this bed plunge a ther mometer ; in two or three days the bed will heat so that the thermometer will rise to 1 0 0 or over As soon as the temperature declines to take a Sharp stick and make holes an inch or so in diameter all over the bed at about a foot apart and si x i n ches deep into these holes drop two or three pieces of spawn and cover up the hole again with the c ompost of which the bed is made and beat it slightly again so that the bed w ill present the same level surface as before the spawn was put in Let the bed remain i n this condition for ten or twelve days by which time the spawn will have run all through it N ow spread evenly over the surfac e of the be d about t wo inches of fresh loam press it dow n moderately with the back of a spade and cover up the bed with hay or straw to the thickness of three or four in ches If this opera tion is finished in N ovember or D ecember and the place has an average temperature of you may loo k out for a crop i n January or F ebruary The bed will continue beari n g about three or four weeks and the crop is usually enormous often pro d ucing a bushel on two square yards of spa c e Af ter the first crop i s gathered a second and even a thi rd can be taken if desired from the same bed without further trouble than to spread a little fresh soil on the surfa c e givi ng it a gentl e watering an d covering up with hay as before Great care must be taken that after placing the spawn i n the newly made bed the earth coverin g i s not put on sooner than ten or twelve days in my first attempt at mushroom growing I failed t w o years in su cc ession because I put on the soil when the spawn was first put into the bed by so doing the steam arising from the manure was prevented from passing off and the result w as that the spawn rotted I believe this very common error is the cause of most Of the failures i n raising mushrooms ,

, .

N ASTU R TIU M— O

NA ST UR TIU M—INDIAN CRE SS

KR A

20 7

( Trop aeolu mmaj us ) .

A highly o rn amental plant cultivated in fl ow er gar dens a s well a s i n the kit c hen garden The shoots and flowers are some times used i n sala d s but i t is mainly grown for i ts frui t or seed pods wh ic h are pickled i n vine gar an d used as a substitute for capers The plant is of th e easi est c ulture S ow i n shallow drills in May The ta ll variety wi ll reach a hight of ten or fifteen feet i f furn ished w i th strings or wires and makes an ex c ellent s c reen for Shade or for quickly c overi n g i F g and conceal up ing any unsightly pla c e The dw a rf variety i s g rown like peas and staked with brush OKR A OR GU MB O ( Ab lmoschus escu len t s ) -

A vegetable o f the easi est c ulture S ow i n d ri lls in Ma y three feet apart for dwarf an d f our feet for tall sorts i n drills two or three inches d eep The long pods w hen very young and tender are used i n soups stews an d are very nutri tious e tc .

G A RDENING

20 8

NION

PLEA S URE

FOR

(A l l iu m ccp a ) .

O nions are raised either by sets wh ic h are small dry onions grown the previous year or from seeds When grown from the sets they should be planted out a s early in spring as the ground is dry enough to work ; plant them in rows on e foot apart with sets three or fou r inches apart When raised from sets the onions can be used in the green state in June or they will b e ripened off by July When raised from seeds these are sown at about the same distan ce bet ween the rows a n d when the young plants are an i n ch or so high they a re thinned out to t wo or three inches apart I t is impo rt ant that onion seed be sown ve ry early In this lati tude it Should be sown not later than the middle of April for if delayed until May warm weather sets i n and delays or rather pr olongs the grow t h until fall and Often the bulbs will n ot ripen we fin d that u n less the onion tops dry Off and the bulbs ripen by August they will hardly do so later The best known sorts are White P ortugal or S ilver S kinned Y ellow D utch or S trasburg and Weth ersfiel d R ed Two kinds are grown ex c lusi vely from bulbs ; one o f these is th e P otato O nion or which in Multipliers crease by the bulb splitting up and divi di n g itself into six or eight smaller bulbs which in turn form the sets to plant for the next crop The other variety is what is called Top O nion which forms little bulbs on the stem in the place of flowers ; these are in clusters and about the size of hazel nuts These small bulbs are broken apart a n d planted in spring at the same distances as the sets referred to above all mature in August “

“

PAR SLE Y

( Ca ru m Petroselin u m) .

But a very small quan tity of this i s u sually wan ted in the family garden S ow in Shallo w drills in April or .

GA RDENING

21 0

PLEA S URE

FOR

four feet from other rows S et a line an d draw the drills with a hoe three or four i nches deep ; the seed should be s own to lay a s near as possible an i nch or so apart The S idney S eed S ower mentioned in the chapter on I mple ments is a most convenient a ff air for sowin g peas ; on e can with a few minutes prac tice distribute the seed with great regularity In order to have a succession of crops of peas they should be sown every two or three w eeks until July If succession crops are grown an average quantity for a family would be twelve quarts ; if only firs t crops of early and late from four to si x quarts will be su ffi cient The varieties of pe as are almos t innumerable and n ew sorts— or at least sorts with new names— are sent out e very year They may be classed in two groups the roun d and the wrinkled peas The round varieties are the earliest but they are a s much inferior to the wrinkled or marrow kinds as field is to sweet c orn ; these two groups are subdivided accordi n g to hight The earliest ’ pea is D a n i el O R ou rke under s ome of its dozen or more n a mes for most of the early an d extra early peas are only selected strain s of this which under other names dates back in to the last century I t i s of medium hight productive and valuable as yielding the earliest crops The earliest of the wrinkled so rts is the A lp ha of medium hight The stan dard late sort i s the Cha m i o n o E n p f g la n d a n old variety which has n ot yet been superseded The dwarf sorts which grow only about a fo ot h igh and n eed no brush are very handy i n the family garde n as the y may be used to occupy odd spaces The leading dwarfs are Tom Thu mb early but round and L i ttle Gem productive a n d of the best quality The catalogues give the meri ts of numerous other sorts early medium and late .

, .

PE PPER— P OTA TO— P U M P KI N

P PP

C APSI C

m i c u a s C ( p

21 1

a n nuu

m) .

The P eppe r is sown and c u ltivated in all resp ects th e same as the Egg P lant which ma y be refe rred to The varieties are the B u ll N ose or B ell and t he C ayenne -

POTA TO,

osu m) l u m t u b er a n S o ( .

P otatoes a re grown by planting the t u be rs eithe r c ut akes bu t little di ff e rence which ; if large or whole it m all l eave the mu nc u t They a re u su ally c u t the m if s m planted in d rills th ree feet apart and fo u r or five inches deep Th e gro u nd sho u ld be prepared by fi rst spreading in the drills a good coat of stable man ure say two inches d eep u pon which a re planted the t u be rs or sets a t dis tances of eight or ten inches apart In a warmexpos u re planting may be begu n early in April and the crop wi ll be fit for u se in J u ne So me of the s mall leaved varieties s u ch as the Ash lea ved K idney we re forme rly grown u n d er hand glasses or in fra mes to fo rward the m bu t n ow this is hardly wo rth the tro u ble as ou r s u pplies fro m so u the rn latitu des are so early that it is no l on ge r desi r able to force the c rop The generally favorite variety for early c rops is still the Early R ose and for gene ral c rop P each B lows ; bu t there a re scores of othe r varie ties, whic h have a sp ecial or local repu tation ,

UMPK IN

c u rbi ta Pe C u po (

)

P u mpkins are stil l grown in many gardens with a te n a c i ty that is astonishing when it sh o u ld long ago have been k nown th at they have no b u siness the re as thei r ﬁ rst cou sins the squ ash es a re e minently s u pe rio r for every c u l inary p u rpose wh ateve r The P u mpkin is a val nable produ ct for the farm as a food for cattle bu t for nothing else I f people will waste val u able land in rais ing p u mpk ins they may plant the mthe same as di recte d for squ ash es ,

G A R D E N IN G

212

RA D I SH

PLEA S U RE

FOR

(R ap ha n us

sati vus

)

On e

of the ďŹ rst vegetables that we c rave in spring is th e Radish and it is so easy of c u lt u re that eve ry family can have it fresh c risp and in ab u ndance The s mallest garden patch of a few feet s qu are will give eno u gh for a family I t is sown eithe r in d rills or b roadcast care being taken that the seed is not pu t in too thickly f ro mone to two inches apart eithe r in drill or b roadcast being the p rope r distance as u s u ally eve ry seed ge rminates The best varieties a re the Red and F rench T u rnip an d the Short Top L ong Re d or W hite If wanted specially early the above sorts are best for h ot be d fo rcing for su mme r and winter u se the yell ow and gray varieties are preferred ,

RHUB AR B

PIE PL

AN T

z ticu m (R heu m R h ap m ) .

may be plan ted in eithe r fall or sp ring u sing eithe r plants raised fro mthe seed or sets obtained by di Rh u barb

visions of the old roots taking care to have a bu d to e a ch Set at distances of three or fo ur fee t apart each way The place whe re each plant is to be se t sh o u l d be du g eighteen inches deep and the same in width and the soil mixed with two or th ree shovelfu ls of wel l rotte d stable manu re Two d ozen strong pl ants will be eno u gh for the wants of an ave rage family I f desi red in winte r or early sp ring a fe w roots can be tak en u and placed in p a warm cellar or any s u ch dark an d warm place The roots if the cellar is dark m a y be pu t in a box with earth arou nd the m or if in a light cell ar they may be u t in the botto m of a barrel with earth and th e top p cove re d The only care nee ded is to see that the roots do not get too dry and to wate r if necessary when it wil l grow with bu t little care The u sefu l po rtions is the l on g and thick leaf stalks and these when fo rced a re mu ch ďŹ ner in ďŹ&#x201A;avor than when grown exp ose d to air a n d ,

GAR D E N I N G

21 4

I t is

s ewe

d lik e p ars nip s

— 93 i Fg .

FOB

PLE A SU RE

carrots

18 u

94 — SC O

ALSIFY

is ﬁ rst boile d

NERA—B LA CK

RZ ONERA

which has a decided ﬂa vor of the oyste r and then fried The re is bu t one kind R

make soup

se d to

SC O Z O

L I FY

SA S

( Scm on era Hi gva n i ca ) .

This is so mewhat di ff erent in ﬂavo r fro mSalsify and ,

21 5

S EA KA L E

is prefe rre d to it by many ; it has mu c h b roa d e r leaves b u t it is c u ltivated and u sed in the same manne r

S EA

KAL E ,

( Cra mbe

Sea Kal e is a favorite vegetable in Eu rop ean gard ens Anticipating that at bu t he re as yet almost u nknown no distant day it may be as gene rally c u lti vated as it de se rves to be I b riefly desc ribe the mode of c u ltu re The seeds of Sea K ale sho u ld be sown in th e greenho u se or in a slight hot bed in Feb ru ary or March and when the plants are an inch or t wo in hight they sho u ld be potted into two or th ree inc h p ots and placed in a cold frame to h arden u ntil s u fficiently strong to be plante d in the open gro u n d I t sh o u l d then be set ou t in rows th ree feet apart with tw o feet between the pl ants on l and enriched as for any o rdi nary cabbage c rop I f the plants and the soil in which they have been p lanted a re both good and c u ltivation has b een properly attended to by k eeping the plants well h oe d d u ring the s u mmer it wi ll h ave c rowns Fig 95 —SEA K AL E strong enou gh to give a c rop the next season In the no rthe rn states it will be necessary to cover the rows with th ree or fou r inches of l eaves to protect the plants f ro m frost Sea K ale is only fit for u se when b l anched and to e ffect this on the app roac h of spring the c rowns sho u l d be cove re d with so me light mate rial su ch as sand or leaf mold to th e depth of twe l ve or fifteen inches so that the you ng shoot b eing thu s excl u ded fro m the light will become blan ch e d in growing thro u gh this cove ring So meti mes cans made ,

GA RDENING

216

EOR

PLE AS URE

the p u rp ose or l arge fl ow er pots or even wooden bo x es a re inve rted ove r the plants the obj ect in eac h case being to e x cl u de the light I f it is de sired to force Sea K ale or fo rward it earlie r t h e mate rials u sed to make hot beds leaves or stable manu re are heaped over the p ots or cans in a s u ffi cient qu antity to gene rate the p roper heat to fo rwa rd or fo rce on the growth of the plants The you ng shoots a re c u t f romthe plant befo re the leaves a re deve l oped and when c oo k ed have a flavo r something between asparag u s and cau liflowe r b u t by most persons mu ch prefe rred to either The engraving sh ows a yo u ng sh oot when ready for th e table for

SH L L

O TS

( Alli u mA scal on icu m) .

A pl ant of the onion genu s which is c u ltivated by set ting ou t the divi d ed roots in Septe mbe r in rows a foot apart allowing six inches between the m I t is entirely h ardy and ﬁt for u se in early sp ring ,

SPI

NA CH

( Spin ach!

oleracea

)

Spinach is a vegetable of easy c u ltu re I t may eithe r be sown in spring or fall If in fall the p rope r ti me is fro mthe l 0 th to the 2 5t h of Septe mbe r in rows one foot apart ; sow rather th ickly C ove r the plants with two or th ree inches of hay or l eaves on the app roach of seve re frost in D ece mbe r W hen sown in the fall the crop of cou rse is ready for u se mu ch earlie r than when sown in spring as half the growth is made in the fall months B y the ti me the seed can b e sown in sp ring the c rop that has been wintered ove r will be co ming into u se To fol l ow the crop thu s winte re d seeds sh ou ld be sown in the same man ne r in sp ring as early as the soil can be wo rked and anoth e r sowi ng ma y be made two weeks later The ro u nd seeded varie t y is bes t f or winte r sowing a n d the prickly seeded for spring Abo u t fo u r o u n ces is eno u gh ’ for o rdinary wants for eithe r season s sowing .

G A RDENING

218

FOR

P LE A SU RE

weathe r Single plants often measu re fro mﬁve to eight feet in diamete r The leaves a re u sed e x actly as o rdinary I t sho u ld not be sown before warm weathe r Spinach sets in in May and the plants sho u l d be set ou t in hills three or fo ur feet apart each way .

S! U

ASH

( Cucu rbita

Pep o

a nd

ma ﬁ ma ) .

The su mmer varieties a re among othe rs th e White an d Y e ll ow Bu sh and S u mme r C roo knec k As with ,

Fig 98 — S ! .

AS H— WH ITE R USH

all pl ants of th is c l ass it is u seless to sow these befo re warmweathe r in May and the di rections given for c u c u mbe rs and mel ons a re alike applica ble to the squ ash excep t that the distances ap art of the h i lls ; th ese shou ld ,

Fi g 9 3 — S ! .

AS H

—S U MM E

C R O OK

NEC K

b e fro mth ree to fou r feet for th e b u sh sorts ,

fro m six to eight for the othe r varieties which ru n or make a long vine The fal l or winte r squ ashes are planted at the same time bu t are al l owed to matu re or ripen whi l e an d

EE T P OTATO

21 9

the su mmer varie ties are u sed green T hey are u su ally planted eight or nine feet apart in hills p repared in the These squ ashes a re great feede rs and for u s u al w ay the best res u lts the soil sho u ld be well enriched besides the special man u ring in the b ills as the vines th row ou t at u ring the roots at eve ry j oint to assist in feeding and m heavy c rop they u s u al ly bear The pop u l ar varieties a re .

Fi g 1 00 — S ! .

AS H— MAR B LEHEAD

Marblehead Y okoha ma a n d W inte r Crook neck Most of the winter varieties if kept in a dry a t mosph ere at a te mperatu re fro m forty to ﬁfty degrees w ill keep u ntil May A garret roo min a mode rately well h e i te d dwelling ho u se will often be a ve ry s u itab l e pl ace for sto ring the m H ubbard

S WE T P

O TAT O

cea B a ta ta s ) (Ipom .

seless to atte mpt to grow the S we et P otato on anything bu t a light and dry soil On clayey soils the plant not o n ly g ro w s poorly b u t the potatoes raised u pon s u ch soi l a re wate ry and poo rly ﬂavo red The plants are raised by l aying th e roots on t h ei r sides on a hot bed or benc h of a greenho u se an d cove ring the move r wit h It

Is u

G A RDENING

22 0

FOR

PLE A S URE

sand abo u t th e first week in May ; by k eeping up fine plants will be an ave rage te mpe rat u re of 7 5 or p rod u ced by J u ne l st at which ti me they sho u ld be planted in this vicinity The plants are set in hills th ree feet apart each way or on ridges fo u r feet apart and 1 2 or 1 5 inches between the plants d rawing t h e e a rth u p to the mas they gro w u n til the top of the ridge or hill is fo u r or six inches above the level The soil u nde r the ridges shou ld be highly manu red an d as the vines grow they sho u ld be k ept clear of weeds when l ate in the s eason they Show a dis p osition to root at the j oints they mu st be moved eve ry week or so ; this is easily done by ru n ning a rake handle o r othe r s tick u nde r the vines and lifting the msu ffi cie n t l y to d raw ou t th e s mall roots u pon the ste m As is the case with many othe r vegetables of which th e Fig 1 0 1 SWEE T PO T TO plants or sets a re raised in large qu antities for sale it is bette r and cheape r when Sweet P otato plants a re p roc u rable to pu rchase the m than to atte mpt to raise the s mall n u mbe r requ ired i n a private garden A h u ndred pl ants not costing mo re than a dollar are all that most families wo u ld requ ire The N anse m on d is th e favo rite variety ,

G A RDENING

2 22

FOB

PLE AS URE

IN STRU C TIONS

GE N ER L

I n conc lu ding the section of this boo k devote d to veg

etable growing we will give a few gene ra l i n stru c ti bn s that may have been o mitted in the details al ready given I n sowing all kinds of seeds mo re p artic u larly those Of s mall size be carefu l if the soi l is dry to ﬁrm or press down the s u rface of the be d or row afte r sowing with a light rolle r or bac k Of a spade mo re especially if the weathe r is beginning to get warm Crops are Often lost th ro u gh the fail u re of the see ds to ge rmi nate for the si mple reason tha t the soi l is l eft loose abo u t the tiny seeds and the dry at mosphe re p enetrates to the m sh riv eling the mu p u nti l all vitality is destroyed Again for the same reason when setting ou t plants of any k ind be ce rtain that the soi l is p resse d close to th e root I n ou r l arge plantings in market gardening partic u larly in s u m mer we make it a ru le in dry weathe r to t u rn back on the row after planting it with th e dibbe r or trowel and p ress the earth ﬁrml y to each pl ant with the foot ; we have seen whole acres of cele ry an d cabbage plants l ost solely th rou gh neglec t of this preca u tion N ever work the soil while it is so wet as to c l og better wait a wee k f or it to dry than to sti r it if wet In no wo rk in which men are engaged is the adage A stitch in time saves nine mo re applicable than to the wo rk of th e farm or garden The instant that weeds appear atta ck the m with the hoe or rake ; do not wait for the m to get a fo ot high or a t w elfth part of it bu t b reak eve ry inch of the s u rface c ru st of the grou n d j u st so soon a s a ge rmof weed growth shows itself And it wil l be b ette r to do it e ven befo re any weeds S how for by u sing a sufa l l sharp steel rake two or three days after yo u r c rop is planted or sown ou will k il l the weeds j u st as thei r seeds a re y g erminatin g The newly developed ge rmof the strongest w ee d is at that time ve ry tende r In m a rket garden m y ,

“

G A RDEN

IM PL

E ME N TS

2 23

o pe ration s I h a d one ma n whose al most exc lu sive d u ty i t was to wo rk in s u mme r wit h the s tee l rake and in a few days afte r a c rop was p lanted the s u rface was rake d ove r destroying the tho u sands of weeds j u st ready to ap p ear H ad we waited for the weeds to be seen so that they we re too large to be destroyed by the raking fo u r men cou ld not have done with th e h oe the wo rk a cc om li a n with the rake by this s h e d m p ,

, .

C H A P T ER

G AR DEN IMPL EMEN TS

The t ool shed is an impo rtant and necessary appen d The following list incl u des s u ch a ge to a well kept ga rden i mple ments as a re gene rally needed in p rivate ga rdens — A W The wheelbarrow is TH E W HEELB RR O , ( Fig -

Fig 1 0 2 —GAR

D EN WH EELB AR R OW an i mpo rtant vehicle in the garden for th e moving of soils carryi ng man u res a n d for conveying the p rodu cts of the vegetable garden to the ho u se or place Of sto rage e rou s oth e r p u rposes I t ma y be p u rchased of an d nu m diff e rent sizes and styles or can be ho me made b y those p ossessing a little mechanical skill .

“

G A RDENING

22 4

PLE A S URE

FOR

—Th e u ses of the sp a de in a S PA DE (Fig garden a re too Obvio u s and gene ral to need descrip tion ’ The best in u se a re A mes cast steel which a re light strong and d u rable and wo rk clean and b right — O E The shovel is u sed for load TH S H VEL ( Fig i xing and sp reading co mposts and Sho rt in g and for m manures They a re made with long or sho rt handles or Fo rk ing Spad e is TH E D IGGING F OR K ( Fig u se d instead of a spad e to dig in man u res to l oosen the earth abou t the roots of trees or for taking u p being less liable to c u t root c rops or inj u re the m than t h e spade I t is Often

TH E

Fig 103 .

Fig 1 04 .

Fig 1 05 .

Fig 1 0 7

Fig 1 06 .

sed instead Of the spade as by its aid the soil can be mo re readily b roken and p u lve rized — I s made of cast steel TH E M A NURE F OR K ( Fig with fro m fou r to Si x prongs and is u sed for mixing

G A RDENING

22 6

FOR

PLE A S URE

eve ry we ll regu lated garden enabling u s to pl ant in straight and acc u rate rows The line sho u ld be of strong he mp and is wo u nd u pon the reel when not in u se is u sed for c u tting off TH E P RUNING S A W ( Fig b ranches that a re too large for the knife for re moving dead ones etc I t ca n be had i n vario u s sizes fro m fo u rteen to t wenty inches in length is u sed for setting TH E GA RDEN TR O WEL ( Fig the s malle r kinds Of plants when transfe rred fro mpots to the open gro u nd ; for transplanting ann u als and many othe r u ses it is a ve ry necessary little i mple ment P RUNING A N D B UDDING K NIVE S (Fi g are n e They a re of diffe rent sizes c e ssary to eve ry ga rdene r and shapes for the vario u s p u rposes of grafting bu d ding etc and a re made of the best steel GR A PE S C IS S OR S — These a re slende r poin te d scisso rs u sed for thi n ning ou t the be rries of fo reign g rapes when ,

Fig 1 1 4 — .

they

LAW N

S C YT

abo u t half g rown so that those that are left may have roomto develop This ope ration shou ld never be neglected if large be rries an d well shaped b u nches a re desi red F L OW ER GA TH ER ER s —A ve ry u sef u l article ; the scissors c u tting off and at the same ti me holding fast the ﬂowe r or fru it afte r it is c u t th u s e n abling one to reach mu ch farthe r to cu t ﬂowers or fru its t han if both h ands had to be u sed I t is partic u larly u sefu l in gathe ring rose b u ds as the ste m can be c u t off with bu t little dange r fro mthe tho rns —The lawn scythe is n ow L A W N S C YT HE S ( Fig bu t little u sed th e lawn mowe r taking its place u nless a re

GA RDEN I M PLE M EN TS

22 7

on h i ll sides or among trees or sh ru bs Whe re the l awn mower cannot be wo rked — T h e g reat i mp rove ments LA W N M OW ER S (Fig made in L awn Mowe rs du ring the past few years and the l ow p rice at which they may now be Obtained h ave made their introdu ction c om mon to eve ry gar den They a re of many sizes from the s mall machine that can be easily — R W E i L W N M O F 1 1 A 5 g wo rked by a boy and ad mirably adapte d for city garden plots to th e large ho rse mowe rs that ma y be daily seen in u se in ou r large r parks W e have in u se both the Excelsio r and Archi medean L awn Mowers and h ave fo u nd the m e xcellent in all respects is indispensab l e to TH E GA RDEN R OLLER ( Fig a well kep t lawn and sh o u ld always fol low afte r mowing k eeping the grou nd l evel and co mpact ; and afte r gravel walks have been rak ed ove r the ooth the mdow n rolle r is necessary to s m TH E W OODEN L A W N RA KE ( Fig is u sed for raking oﬁ lawns pre vions to and afte r u sing the scythe or lawn mowe r and for re moving dead ru r leaves and othe bbish L R L E R 0 Fig 11 6 is u sed to level the s urface of the T HE R A KE ( Fig gro u nd afte r it has been sp a d ed or hoed and to prepare -

‘

“

G A RDENIN G

228

FOR

P LE ASU RE

it for the reception of seeds or plants Rak es are made of diffe rent Sizes for convenience in u sing between rows of plants with fro m six to six teen teeth W hen a c rop like cabbages is newly planted we u se the rake in p refe rence to anyt hing else as raking over the s u rface befo re t he weeds start to grow destroys the ge rm of th e weed neve r al lowing it to a ppear at al l .

TH E GRA S S EDGING K N IF E,

is u sed for c u ttin g ( Fig t h e grass edgings of ďŹ&#x201A;o w er beds its ro u nded e d ge ďŹ tting into c u rved lines for which the spade wo u ld be u ns u itab l e .

Fig 1 1 9 .

1 17

1 18

TH E

men t

for

Fig 1 22

LE (Fig This is a most u sefu l impl e switchi n g aro u nd a n d t rimming off gras s in

GA R D EN

23 0

IN G

Fo r.

PLE A S U R E

and h ealthy con di tion They a re made of seve ral s iz es a n d patte rns and fitted with roses for di spe rsing wa te r with varying fo rce — T T O P A A wate ring p ot is in di spensa ble in W ERING the g reenhou se or conse rvat ory whe re it is daily needed I t sho u ld be Obtained of a su it able size fro m one to fo ur gal l ons with a rose for sprink ling which ma y be detached at will TH E EXC E L SIOR P U M P (Fig is a ve ry co mpact and u se fu l i mple ment fo r g reenho u se and garden wo rk I t is easily ope rated and throws a continu ou s strea m I t is ve ry e ff ective for wate ring sh ru bbe ry gardens u sed in an or lawns and m a be y e me rgency as a fire extingu ish e r and p revent a c on fl a g ra ti on Fig 125 —EX CELS IOR PU MP TH E S IDNEY S EED S O W E R —This is a ve ry u sef ul i mplemen t e n abli ng Fig ( .

Fig 1 27 .

Fig 1 26 .

the ope rator to sow seeds with perfect regu larity especi ally in wet or windy weathe r I t will dist rib u te large or ,

G A RDEN I M PLE M ENTS

23 1

s mall seeds with equ al reg u larity eithe r b roadcast drills or pots

TH E EXC E L SIOR

WEEDING H OOK (Fig is a ve ry h andy imple ment for re moving weeds from among s mall and tende r plants and for sti rring u p the soil I t ca n be u sed between rows rna of seedlings o Fig 1 29 — SMALL GAR DEN SET mental plants or whe reve r it is desirable to re move weeds witho u t in j u ry to the plants or soiling the hands ’ i s a k in d of minia NOYE S H A ND WEEDER ( Fig t u re hand h oe and is ve ry convenie nt and u sefu l for working between plants d ressing pots and clean ing away weeds whe re a l arge hoe c ou l d not be u sed to good a dvantage ’ L A DIE S A N D C HIL ’ DREN S GA RDE N T O OL S — In all ﬂowe r Fig ( gardens there is a great deal of hand wo rk to be done This lot of s mall i mple ments consisting of a spade fo rk rake and h oe will be fo u nd ve ry u sef u l in wo rking on Fig 1 30 — S TEP LADDER s mall ﬂowe r bo rde rs — Th e step l a d de r is always S TE P LA DDER S (Fig u sef u l in a ga rden especially d u ring the fru iting season I t is made in diffe rent sizes varyi ng fro m th ree to ten .

G A RDENING

2 32

FOR

PLEA S URE

feet and weighing fro mten to thirty po u nds ; it is made with flat steps so that a pe rson ma y stand u pon the m while working and can be extended or contracted as re qu i re d For u se amongst large t rees in the o rcha rd a mu ch greater l ength of ladde r is requ ired and the re a re variou s forms of o rchard ladde rs in u se bu t the step l adde r is s u fficient for all o rdi nary garden u ses H A ND GL A SSEs — The u ses of these have been men H o me m a de ti on e d u nde r ca u l ifl owers c u c u mbe r etc hand glasses bein g si mply a s mall frame cove red with a pane of glass a re ve ry u sefu l bu t as they excl u de so me light they a re not equ al t o those m ade with glass a l l arou nd H and glasse s with metal frames and gl as s fer sides and top ade of dif a re m Fig 1 3 1 — HAND GLA SS ent sizes and styles on e of the more elaborate of which is shown in fig 1 3 1 Th o u gh so mewhat e x pensive they will if care fully u sed last many years Trelli ses or s u pports for p l ants a re neede d in the flowe r and vegetable garden not only for c limbe rs bu t for keeping plants which have weak ste ms within p roper bou nds T rel lises for pots may be p u rchased ready m ade as ma y those for climb ing roses and s u ch plants they a re u s u ally m ade of rattan u pon a frame Of light woo d en stak es and so me a re m ade entirely of wi re A per son of a mechanical tu rn can Fig 13 2 rea di ly m ake all that will be need ed A few engravings a re given here as su ggestions Fig 1 32 sh o ws a u sefu l su pport made wi th a barrel hoop and staves th e same plan may be carried ou t with two ,

GA RDENING

2 34

M ON T HLY

PLEA S URE

FOR

C A L EN D A R

OP ERAT I ON S

th o u g h I h a ve e n d ea vo re d throu gh ou t th e foregoin g p a g es to b e p a t ic u l a r in s t a t i n g th e s e a s o n O r d a t e a t w h i c h e a c h ga rd e n i n g e t o t h e n o vi c e a n d a y sa v e t i m O p e ra ti o n s h o u l d b e d o n e s till i t m b e o th e rw is e O f a d va n t a g e t o b ri e ﬂy sugg es t w h a t w o rk s h ou l d be d on e e a ch mon th Al

NUAR Y — B u t l i ttl e n e e d n o w be O E O U S E D F L W E R GARD N H AN GR EEN d on e in e ith e r ; in th e g re e n h o u se c are mu s t b e e x e rc ise d w i th th e fi res to p rot ec t a g ai n s t frost as th is i s u su a lly th e c ol de s t mon th o f t h e y ea r ; i t i s al s o th a t in w h ic h th ere is th e l e as t s u n s hi n e B u t l i ttl e v e n til a t in g n e e d b e d o n e b u t w h e n i t d o e s b e c o me n e c e s u s t b e u s e d ; b e c a re fu l t o ra is e t h e v e n s ary t o d o i t c a u t ion m til a tin g sas h o n ly s o h ig h th a t th e h e a t e d a ir fromth e g re e n h ou se w ill be a b l e to drive b a c k th e o u ter a ir to su c h a n e xt e n t a s For e x a mpl e oc ca s i o n a lly a ft e r a v ery n o t t o c h il l th e pl a n t s c ol d n ight w h e re s e vere fi rin g h as b e e n n e c e s sa ry t o k e e p u p t h e p era tu re s ay t o i t h a pp e n s th a t th e s u n co mes re q u ire d te m o u t b ri ght d u ri n g t h e f o l l o w i n g d a y s o th a t b y n o o n o r b e fore t h e t e mp era tu re ma y b e a t 1 0 0 i n s i d e t h e gree n h ou s e th ou gh o u t s ide i t m a y be n e a rly a t z ero in suc h c a s e th e ra is i n g O f t he sas h e s a n i n c h o r t w o w ill ra pi d ly l o w er t h e t e m p era tu re o f th e gre e n h o use S O th a t a n h ou r or s o O f s u c h v en til a t i n g w ou l d b e a ll th a t is re q u ire d I f th e g ree n h ou s e is h ea t e d by fl u e or ev en by h ot w a t er e x a m in e n ig htly th a t n o c o mb u s t ib l e ma t e ria l i s l a i d o n th e fl u e or th ro w n a ga in s t th e c h i mn ey o f th e b o il e r A s l i ttl e fres h a ir c a n b e g i v e n i n s ec t s a re t o b e w a t c h e d th i s m o n th c l o se ly ; b y th e u s e of fire h e a t a d ry a tmosph e re w ill b e c rea t e d i n w h i c h t h e red sp ide r l u x uri a t e s ; n o th i n g a n s w e rs s o w e ll fo r i ts d es t ru c t i o n a s C o p i o u s ly syri n g in g th e pl a n t s a t n i g ht a n d S pl a s h i n g th e p a th s w ith w a t e r a s i t c a n n o t e x is t t o a n i nj u ri ous e xt en t i n a mo is t a t mo sph ere Th e A ph is or green fl y mu st a l so b e de s troye d or i t w ill soo n c a u s e gre a t i nj u ry t o t h e pl a n t s T o b a c c o i n a l mos t a n y f o rm i s d ea th t o i t a y b e e ith e r u se d by b urn i n g th e ; it m stem s or d u st e d on a s sn u fl or sy ri n g e d o n in l i q ui d form for f u ll ; d irec t ion s see b o dy o f th e w ork H yac in th s a n d o ther b u l b s tha t JA

“

‘

M ONTHLY CA LEND A R

OF O

PER ATI ON S

23 5

h a ve b e en kept i n c e llar o r o th er d ark c ool pla c e ma y n o w be bro ught i n t o th e l ight of th e green h o u se p ro vi d e d th ey h a ve fille d t h e p o t s w ith ro o t s i f n ot w el l roo t e d l ea ve th e mw h ere th ey a re u n t il t h e y a re s o or s e l e c t suc h o f th e ma s a re b es t a n d l e a ve t h e In th e o u t si d e fl o w er g a rd e n l it tl e c an b e d on e o th ers u n ti l rea d y a y b e p ru n e d or n e w w ork su c h a s m ak i n g e x c e pt th a t sh ru b s m it s w a l k s or g ra d i n g if w ea th e r p e rm F RU IT GARDE N — Pru n in g s ta ki n g u p or mu l c h i n g c a n b e d on e if th e w e a the r i s su c h th a t th e w orkman c a n s ta n d o ut N 0 pl a n t is inj u re d b y b e i n g prun e d in c ol d w ea ther th oug h th e p ru n er ma y b e VE GE TAB L E GARDEN N o th ing c a n be d o n e th i s mon th in t he a n ure a n d g e t sa s h es t o o ls n o rth ern s t a t es e x c e pt t o p re p a re m e tc in w orki n g ord er b u t i n s e c tion s O f th e c ou n try w h ere th ere i s bu t l ittl e or n o fro s t th e h ard i e r kin d s o f s ee d s a n d pl a n t s may b e so w n a n d pl a n t e d su c h a s a s p ara g u s c a bb a g e c a u l i fl o w e r ca r l e ttu c e o n ion p a rsn ip p e as sp in a c h t u rn ip e tc e tc ro t l ee k In a n y s e c ti on w h ere th ese s ee d s c a n b e s o w n in t h e O p e n g ro u n d i t i s a n in d ic a t io n th a t h o t b e d s ma y b e b e gu n for th e s o w in g of s u c h t e n d er v e g e t a b l es a s t o m a t o es e gg a n d p e pp er pl a n t s e tc th o u gh u n l e ss in th e e xt re me s ou th ern st a t e s h ot b e ds h a d b ett er n o t b e s t art e d b e fo re th e fi rs t o f F e b ru a ry ,

F E B R U A RY

GR EEN H O U SE

A ND

FL O W E R - GA R D E N — Th e direc t ion s for J a n .

l i n th e ma in a pply to this mon th e x c e pt th a t n ow s ome o f t h e h a rd i er a n n u a l s m a y b e s o w n a n d a l s o th e p ro p a g a t i on O f pl a n t s by c u ttin gs ma y b e d on e ra th e r b ett er n o w th a n i n J a n u a ry fo r i n s t ruc t i on s in s uc h ma tt ers s ee c h a pt e r o n P ro p a ga t i o n FR UIT GA R D E N — B u t l i ttl e c a n b e d on e in mo s t O f th e n orth ern s t a t e s a s y e t a n d i n s e c t i o n s w h e re th e re i s n o f ro st in th e g rou n d i t is l ike ly t o b e t o o w e t t o w ork b u t in ma n y s ou th ern st a t es th is w i ll b e th e b e s t mo n th fo r pl a n ti n g fru i t tree s a n d pl a n t s o f a ll kin ds p a rtic u l a rly s t ra w b e rri es ra sp b erri es b l a ck b erri es p ea r a n d on th l a t e r O n e o f th e a ppl e w h il e g ra p e vi n e s w ill d o qu i t e a m t t t n y p a rt s o f th e s o u th i s rel i a b l e n u rs e rie s e a n s i n m a re a s w g w h ere s u c h th in g s c a n b e p ro c u re d a n d a s a l l su c h pl a n t s a re a t th is s ea son froz e n sol i d in n u rs eries a t th e n o rth o rd ers for su c h th i ng s c a nn o t u su a lly b e sh ipp e d b efo re A p ril st ill th ou gh some thin g ma y b e l os t b y th is c irc u mst a n c e i f p roper a tt e n tion is g ive n t o pl a n t in g w a t e rin g a n d s h a di ng (w h en p rac t ic a b l e) g oo d re y

u ar

w il

G A RDENING

23 6

PLE A S URE

FOR

lte may b e O b t a in e d as i t i s a l w a ys b e tter to t a ke pl an t s of a ny ki n d fro ma c ol d c lima t e t o a h ot o n e th a n fro ma h o t to a c ol d VE G ETA B L E GARDEN — H ors e ma n u re l e a ves fromth e w ood s or re f u s e h o p s fro m t h e b re w e ri es w h e n th ey c a n b e ob t a in ed m ay on th a n d m be g o t t og e th er t o w a rd s t h e l a tt er p a rt O f th e m ix e d s w e et e n e d p re p a ra t ory t o f ormi n g h o t b e d s ; a n d t u rn e d t o g e t M a n u re th a t is f or d e t a il e d i n s t ru c ti on s see a l t ic l e o n h o t b e d s t o b e u s e d for t h e cro p s sh o u l d b e t urn e d a n d b rok e n u p a s ﬁn e as p o ssib l e for it s h o u l d b e kn o w n th a t th e mo re co mpl e t ely ma n u re i x e d w i th th e s o i l t h e b e t te r w ill b e th e cro p o f a n y ki n d ca n b e m a n d o f c ou rse i f i t is d ug or pl o w e d in in l a rg e u n b rok en l um ps it min gl e d c an n o t b e p rop erly c om su

“

MA R C H

O U SE AN D F L O WER GARD EN —B right er sun sh in e a n d l ong er d ays w ill n ow beg i n to S h ow th eir effe c ts by a ra p id g row th O f pl a n ts i n th e g re e n h o u se a n d a ls o i n th o s e o f t h e p a rl or or w i n d o w g a rd e n ; e x a min e a l l pl a n ts th a t a re g ro w i n g vi g oro usly a n d a re h e a lthy a n d if th e ro o t s h a v e s t ru c k t o th e si d es o f th e us t b e s h i f t e d i n to e a rth th e n th e y m tt d b h e a ll o f e t n m a o a d t p l arg er s iz e d p ot s ; i f th is is l on g n egl e c t e d t h e pl a n t s a re c e rt a in t o f or d e t a i l s of O p era t i o n s s e e c h a pt e r o n s uffer i n c on s e qu en c e Potti ng Th e pl an t s p rop a g a te d l a st mo n th ma y n ow n e e d sh ift i n g a l s o a n d p ro p a g a t i on s h o u l d c on t in u e of a ll pl a n t s th a t a re l ikely to he w a n t e d I f p rop ag a ti on is pu t o ff l a t er mo s t pl an ts w ou l d n ot b e l a rg e e n ou g h i f n ee d e d fo r b e dd in g p u rp os e s in th e T h e h ard i e r ki n d s of a n n u a l s ma y n ow ﬂ o w e r ga rd en in su mmer b e so w n i t i s b es t d on e i n b o x e s a s rec ommen d e d el s e w h ere L a w n s ma y n o w b e rak e d O ff a n d to p d re ss e d w i th sh ort ma n u re a n u re i s n o t o b ta i n a bl e a n d o n l ight o r ri c h ga rd en e a rth w h ere m a y b e d u g u p s o a s t o f orw a rd t h e w ork p re p ar s o il s ﬂ o w e r b e d s m i n g o f th e b u sy s e a son a to ry t o t h e c o m — U D In l ig ht d ry s oil s pl a n t in g may b e sa fe ly d on e E N FR IT GAR i n ma n y s e c t i o n s bu t w e a g a in c a u t i on th e i n e xp erie n c e d n o t to p t t b eg in t o pl a n t b e fore th e g rou n d i s d ry ; i t is a n d e t i m a i e n g b a d t o d o s o e v en i n l ight sa n d y s oi l s b u t i n s t iff a n d c l a y ey o n es A g a in a t th i s s ea s on a lth ou gh a t re e i t w ill b e u tt er d est ruc t i o n or pl a n t w ill rec e i v e n o i nj ury when i ts roots a re i n the soi l S h ou l d ou n t O f fre e z in g e am a fro s t c o m e a f t er pl a n t i n g y e t th a t s a m w ou l d gre a tly i nj ure t h e pl a n t if th e ro o t s w ere u nc o v e re d a n d e x p ose d Th ou sa n ds Of trees a n d pl a n t s fai l e very y ear from th is GR EE N H

G A RDENING

23 8

FO R

PLE A S URE

g ra pe vin es e tc th a t h a ve b e e n l a i d d ow n may n o w b e u n c o v e re d a n d t i e d u p t o s t a k e s o r t re ll is es a n d a ll n e w pla n ta t i on s o f th es e a n d o th e r fru its sh o u l d n o w be ma d e VE G E TA B L E GARDEN T h e c o verin g o f as p ara gus rh ub a rb o v e d a n d t h e b e d s h oe d or d u S h ou l d n o w b e re m S p in a c h e tc g l ightly Th e h a rd i er s o rts o f vege t a bl e see d s a n d pl a n ts s u c h a s b e e ts ca bb age c a ul iﬂ o w er c e l ery l e tt u c e o n io n s p a rsl ey pa rsn i p p eas p o t a t oes ra d ish es sp i n a c h tu rnip e tc sh ou l d a l l b e so w n i dd l e o f th e mo n th if th e s oi l is d ry a n d o r pl a n t e d b y th e m w a rm a n d i n a l l c as es w h ere p ra c tic a b l e be fo re th e e n d o f th e mon th fo r i f th ese variet ie s of v eg et a b les a re d el ay e d u n til th e h o t os t cas e s w ill w ea th e r i n Ma y th ey w ill n o t b e s o e a rly a n d i n m I t is qu it e a c o mmo n p rac tice w ith n o t p ro d u c e s o ﬁ n e a c ro p man y a ma teurs to d e l a y g a rd en opera t ion s Of a l l k in d s un til May b u t al l th e h a rd ier s ort s o f v eg e t a bl es a re l ikely to b e l a t e r a n d A n y o n e e xp e c t in g t o g e t ea rly ca bb a g e in feri or i n c o n se qu e n c e l ett u c e o r ra d ish es if pla n tin g or sow in g i s d el a y e d u n til th e time a t o a n d eg g pl an t s in M a y is cert a in t o b e disa p of pl a n t in g t om p oin t e d ri e s

R a sp b erri es ,

MAY

maj ori ty of plan ts i n t h e gre en h o se or w in d o w g rd en S h ou l d n o w b e i n th e ir fi n es t b l o om Firin g may n o w b e e t irely d isp e s e d w i th i n th e gr e n h o u se th ou gh c are mu s t y et be e x erc is e d i n ven til a t in g in th e fi rs t p art o f th e mon th a s w e s till h a ve c ol d w in d s in th is sec tion B y th e e n d O f th e mon th a l l of th e pl an t s th a t a re w an t e d for th e mer d e c ora t i n O f th e fl ow er b ord e rs ma y b e pl a n t e d ou t In su m d o ing s o w h e n th e b all O f ea rth h a s b e en c ompl e tely ma tt e d w i th ro ots i t W ill b e b e tt er t b ru is e i t Sl ightly b e tw een th e h a n d s SO th a t t h e w a t er w ill p ss freely th oug h th e b a ll as it O ft e n h a p p en s th a t i t is so h a rd a n d dry a s t o p re ven t th e w a t er fr m p en e t ra ti n g i t a n d th e g row th i s i mp e d e d in c on se qu en c e Wa t er c o piou sly a f t er pl a n t in g if th e w e th er is dry W h en th e gree n h ouse i s n o t t o b e u s e d d urin g th e summer mon th s c a me ll ia s a z a l ea s a n d pl an ts o f th a t c h a ra c t r sh ou l d be set o u t d oors u n d e r p arti a l Sh a d e b u t m o t f th e th e r pl a n t s u su a lly k e pt i n th e g re en h ou s e o w i n d o w g a d e n i n w i n t er m a y b e s et i n th e O p e n b ord e w h ere th e p o t s sh ou l d b e pl n g d t th e rim i n a sh e s o r sa n d k e p i n g the msl ightly a p a rt from e c h o th er to pre ve n t c ro w d in g W h e e th ere e in d ic a t i on s th a t th e p ot h as b ec ome fill e d w i th ro ts th e pl a n t Sh oul d b e sh ifted in to a siz e l arg er j u st as i t is d on e in sid e GR E EN H O U SE

FL O W ER GAR D EN — Th e

AND

M ON THLY C A LEND A R

OF O

PER ATI ON S

23 9

g re enh ou se ; a s th e pl a n t s ma ke gro w th th ey w i th few e x c ep t ion s S h o u l d b e p i n c h e d b a c k to c a u se a s t o ut a n d b ra n ch in g form L a w n s S h o u l d n ow b e mo w n a n d e dgi n gs trimme d n i ce ly a n d a l l fl o w er b e d s h o e d a n d ra k e d fo r i f w e e d s a re n o t k e pt d ow n a s th e y fi rs t a pp ea r t re b l e th e l a b or w ill b e re qu ire d to o n th era d i c a t e th e mn e xt m A n n ua l s th a t h a v e b ee n s o w n i n th e g ree n h ou se or h o t b e d may n o w be pl a n t e d o u t a n d s e ed s of su c h s ort s a s M ig n o n e tt e S w e e t A ly ssu m Phl o x D ru m mon d ii Portu la c a e tc e t c ma y b e s o w n in th e b ord ers FR U IT GA R D E N — W h e re i t h a s n o t b ee n con v en i en t b e fore mos t a ll e r fru it s m o f th e sm a y y e t b e pl a n t e d th e fi rs t p a rt o f t h e m on th Ply th e h oe v ig orou sly t o kee p d ow n w ee d s I f a n y O f th e n u merous va rieties of c a t erpil l a rs s lugs or w orms mak e th eir a pp ea r a n c e o n th e y ou n g s h o o t s o f v i n e s o r t re es a fre e a ppl ica t i on o f t ob a cc o d u s t w ill disl o dge most of th em I t is b es t to u se i t a s a pre ve n tive for if th ey on ce g et a fo oth ol d th e crop may b e ruin e d VE G ETA B L E GARDEN —T hin ou t a ll crop s sow n l a st mo n th th a t a re n ow l arge e n ou gh a n d h oe d eeply a l l pl an t e d c ro p s s u c h a s c a bb a g e ca u l i fl o w er l e tt u c e e tc Pl a n t ou t a ll t e n d er vege ta b les v iz ! t oma t o es eg g a n d p epp er pl a n t s s w e e t p o t a t oe s e tc Pla n t se e d s O f l ima b e a n s c orn mel on s Okra cu cu mb ers etc an d s u cc ession c rop s of p ea s s p i n ac h l e tt u c e b e a n s e tc t he

GR EEE H O U SE

UNE

—Th e gre enh ou s e

may

t ro pica l pl an ts if suc h are d e me r mon th s I t s h ou l d n o w b e w ell sh a d e d s ire d d u rin g t h e s u m ra c aen as p a l m s s f e rn s e n s o f f a n c y c a a d iu m d a n d ﬁ n e s p e c im l ak e a n d su c h pl a n t s a s a re g ro w n fo r th ei r b eau ty o f fol ia ge w ill m Hya cin th s T ul ip s a n d o th er sp rin g b u l bs may i t v ery a tt rac ti v e ’ n o w b e du g u p d rie d a n d pl a ce d a w a y for n e xt fa ll s pl a n t in g a n d th e i r pl a c e s ﬁll e d w i th s u ch pl a n t s a s C ol eu s A c hy ra n th e s th a t a re su it e d for l a t e be d w h it e l ea v e d pl a n t s a n d th e va ri o u s d in g L a w n s w ill n ow re qu ire t o b e mow e d w eekl y in all w ell k e pt pl ac es I t is a s mu c h a n in d ic a tion o f sl o ven l i n ess to see a d o or yard th a t h a s an y pret en sion s to b e c a l l e d a l a w n w i th th e gra ss un cu t a s it w oul d b e to see a d u st b eg rime d c a rpe t in th e p a rl or FR U IT GAR D EN — If s t ra w b erri es h a v e n o t b een m u l c h e d w ith h a y or s tra w in w in t e r th e c u t g ra ss fromth e l a w n i s a c on v e n ie n t thing to pl a c e b et w een th e row s t o keep th e frui t from g ettin g be

n ow

u se

for h o t-h ou se

FL O W ER -GAR D EN

AN D

GA RDENING

2 40

FO R

PLE A S URE

d e d b y d a sh in g ra i n s N ea rly a ll th e s ma ll fru its su c h as g oos e b e rries ra spb erries et c e tc a re mu ch i mprov e d b y h a vin g c h s hou l d be e ro o s i h t w n ou a r l h g t pl d d t h c e a r e o m s o s o f n i m c u a d on e this mon th VE GETA B L E GA R DEN — T his i s u s u a lly t h e b u sies t mon th in th e gard en crops ma t ure an d h a ve t o b e g a th e re d a n d w h il e d o in g m e s ro e n a n d a i r e n ou o m r c a d t l a h d t y t ly ea s o t t r e a a s e w O e y S y p o n th s u n l es s y o u a tt a c k th e m er m e of y ou r h a rd w ork o f f orm s om b ry o s ta g e th a t is j u s t w h e n bre a kin g th rou g h th e soil i n th eir e m A man w ill h o e a n d ra k e o v er six t ime s t h e su rf ac e o f s oil w h en t h e w ee d s a re i n th i s s ta g e th a t h e w ou l d if w ee d s w ere six i n c h es h igh a n d i n th is ma tter mo re th an an yth in g e l se I k n o w of i n g a rd en ing d oes a sti tc h in time sa ve n in e B e a n s p e a s b e et s b ers l ett uc e e tc may yet b e sow n for su c ce ss io n c orn c u c u m c ro p s a n d l a t e pl a n t in g s of I ri sh p o t a t o es a n d s w e e t p o ta t o e s w ill a t o es s h ou l d b e t i e d u p to tre l T om e ll o n su i t a b l e s o i ls d o w t e y l ises or st akes if ﬁn e ﬂ a vore d a n d h an dsome fru i t is d esire d sa n

U LY — O U S L O E R A R D B u t l i ttl e may b e s ai d o f F E N W E G EE H AN D GR N W a terin g v en t il a t in g a n d fu miga i th e g reen h ou s e t h is mon th i n g (or th e u s e o f t ob a c c o in o th e r fo rms for d e s t ruc t i on of a ph is) mu s t be a tten d e d t o K e e p t h e a t mo sph e re of th e g re enh ous e mo is t T h e pl an t s from t h e green h ou s e th a t may h a ve b een plu n g e d ou t d o ors mu st b e w a t c h e d w h en th ey re qu ire re p o tti n g a n d w h e re th e roo t s h a v e ru n th rou g h th e p ot s th ey s h ou l d a l s o b e o c c a s io n a lly t urn e d rou n d t o b re ak th e m off f or i f thi s i s n ot d o n e n o w i t w ou l d s eri ou sly i nj u re th e pl a n t in f a ll w h en th e roo t s h a v e ru n th ro u gh th e p o t a n d d e e p in t o th e soi l as th ey O f t en d o Pl a n t s su c h a s d a hl ia s roses gl a d iolu ses as w ell as ma n y h erb a c e o us p eren n ia l a n d a nn u a l pl a n t s w ill n ow re qu ire s t a k i n g ; b e c are f u l t o p ro p orti on th e si z e O f th e s t a k e t o th a t o f t h e pl a n t a n d d o n ot t ie i t t o o t ightly S t a ke s p a in t e d g re en l ook b est a n d th e s qu are are n e arly a s goo d a s th e rou n d on es a n d mu c h c h ea p er C a rn a tio ns a n d oth er pl a n ts th a t a re th ro w in g u p ﬂ o w er s t e ms i f w a n t e d to ﬂ o w er i n w in t e r sh ou l d b e c u t b a ck FR U IT GA R D EN — If th ere are a n y s ign s o f m i l d e w on th e gra p e vi n e l ea ves du s t th em o ver w i th d ry su lph ur c h oosin g a s t ill w a rmd a y Th e fru i t w ill n o w b e g a th ere d fro mth e st ra w b e rry vin es an d if n ew b e ds a re t o b e forme d th e sys t e m rec omme n d e d of l a yeri n g th e pl a n ts i n s m a ll p ot s i s th e b es t ; se e St ra w b erri es J

G A RDENING

242 n ow

s ow n

thi nni n g

R u t a -b aga

PLE A S URE

FO R

t urnip s

so w n

l as t mon th will

n ee

S EPTE MB ER

AND FL OWER GARDEN —T ow ard s th e en d of th e mon th i n ma ny sec tion s th e more ten d er pl an t s w ill re qu ire to b e u se d i n s om or o e n o u s e r e n t h e e w ay b u t b e c a re f ul to g h h t i u p k eep th ema s c ool a s p ossib l e d urin g th e d ay ; th ey w ou l d b e b et t er ou t si d e y e t i f i t w as sa fe t o ris k th e m C u tt i ng s of a ll b e dd i ng pl an t s may n o w be ma de fre ely if w a n te d for n ext se as on a s th e ’ y ou n g cu tt ing s roo te d in fall mak e b e tter pl a n ts for n e xt Sprin g s Th is i s true Of w h a t i s k n ow n as b e ddin g u se th an th e o l d pl a n t s pl a n t s su c h as g era n iums fuc h s i as v erb en a s h el io t rop es etc e tc B u t w ith roses a n d o th er pl a n t s o f a w oo d y n a t ure th e O l d pl a n ts H oll a n d b u l b s su c h as hya c in th s t u l ip s are u su a lly th e b es t os t of th e v a ri e ti e s o f l il i e s m an d m et c e tc a y b e pl a n t e d t h is mon th ; see d e tail e d instru c tion s u n d er H oll a n d B u l b s Vi ol e ts th a t are w an te d for w in t er w ill n ow b e g row in g fre ely a n d th e ru nn ers sh ou l d b e tri m me d off a s rec ommen d e d for s tra w b erries l ast mon th See d s of p ans i es d aisie s mig n on e tt e s w ee t a lyssu m c an dyt u f t e tc S h ou l d n ow b e s o w n in th e e a rly p art o f th e m on th FR U IT GA R D EN —N e w pl an t a t i on s o f st ra w b erry pl a n ts may a d e fromth e run n e rs th a t h a v e b e e n l a y e re d i n p o t s ; th e n ow b e m s oon er in th e m on th th e y are pl an t e d th e s tron g e r th e y w ill b e for n ext s e a son ; th e s e plan t s w i ll s o o n m u st b e a k e ru nn ers th a t m ’ t rimme d Off to throw th e s tren gt h in t o th e crow n s for n ext s ea son s fru i tin g A tt en d to rasp b erri es an d b lackb erri es as a dvise d l as t mon th if n ot th en don e VEGE TAB L E GARDEN — See d s o f c a bb ag e cau l ifl ow er an d l et t u ce t o ra i s e pl an ts t o be pl ac e d in c ol d fra mes sh ou l d b e s o w n in th is l a t i t ud e fromth e l oth t o th e 20 th O f th is mo n th ; th e ma in c rop O f s p in a ch or S p rou t s th a t is w a n t e d f or w i n t er or s p ri n g u se s h ou l d b e s ow n a b ou t sa m C el ery may n ow h a v e th e e d a t es e a rth d ra w n t o i t w i th th e h oe p re p ara t ory to e a rth i n g u p b y th e sp a d e O n i on s th a t w ere n ot dri e d a n d h arve s t e d l as t mon th mus t b e d on e th is or it w i ll b e too l at e Th e earl y or fl at sorts of turnip s may yet b e sow n th e firs t w eek of th is mon th GR EEN H O U SE

O C T O B ER GR EEN H O U SE A ND FL O W ER GAR D EN —In a l m os t l oc a l i ties al l ten d er pl an ts yet ou t si d e sh ou l d b e g ot .

th ern c o v er

al l n o r un

d er

M ON THLY CA LEND A R

OF O

PER ATI ON S

24 3

l y p art of th is mon th A voi d th e u se of fire h ea t as l o n g a s p ossib l e ; u nl ess th e n ight s b ecome c ol d e n ou gh to c h ill th e pl a n t s in s id e Of th e h ou se th ey are b etter w i th ou t fire h ea t W h e n th ere is in di ca tion th a t th e n ight is l ikely to b e c ol d l et d ow n th e s ash e s th a t h a v e b een ra ise d for v en t il a t i on e arl y in th e a f t ern oon I f th ere is a c ol d a n d th us sh u t u p t h e h e a t e d a ir u n t i l n e xt d ay frame or p it a t h a n d th e h ard ier sort s o f pl a n t s such a s roses c ar e ll ia s a z a l e a s e tc n a t ion s c a m w ill d o b e tt er i f pl ac e d th ere u n t il mi dd le of N ovemb er th a n in th e ordinary green h ouse Trea t e d i n th i s m a n n er th e y m a k e s tro n g h e a lthy root s th a t en a b l e th e m to w ith st an d th e fo rc i n g p ro c ess b e tt e r w h e n pl ac e d i n th e g reen h ou se L ook ou t for a n d d e stroy i nsect s ; see me th ods a lrea dy given Th e pl an tin g Of fa ll b ul b s of al l k in d s may c on tin ue dur i n g th is m on th D a hl ia s tu b eroses g l a d i ol u s c a nn a s c a l a d iums t igrid ias a n d all t e n d er b u lb s or t u b ers th a t are pl an te d in sprin g on th dri e d an d stow e d s h ou l d b e t a k en u p b e fo re t h e e n d Of th e m e pl a ce free fro mfros t d u rin g w in t er a w a y i n s om FR U IT GARD EN — S tra w b erries th a t h a v e b een l a y ere d in p ots may y et be pla n te d this mon th ; grea t c a re sh ou l d b e t aken to trim off run n ers frome a rly pl a n tin g s Al l ki n d s of fru i t trees a n d sh ru b s may b e set ou t ; if pl an tin g is d eferre d to th e las t Of th e mon th u l c h e d to th e th ic kn ess of th e grou n d arou n d th e roo ts sh ou l d b e m th ree or four i nch es w ith l ea v es st ra w or rou g h man ure a s a p ro tect ion to th e roots aga in st th e fros t VE GETAB L E GARDEN —Th is is on e o f th e b usiest fall mon th s in th e ki tc h e n ga rd en c e l ery w i ll n o w b e i n f ull grow th a n d w ill re qu ire close a tten tion to e arth in g u p a n d d u rin g th e la st p art of th e mon th th e fi rs t l ot may b e s tore d aw a y in tren ch es for w in ter ; se e C e l e ry ; b ee t s c arrot s p arsn i p s s qu ash sw e et p o t a t oes a n d a ll o th er ro ot s n o t d esig n e d to b e l e f t i n th e g rou n d d urin g w in t er s h ou l d b e d ug b y t h e e n d O f th e m o n th Th e c a bb a ge c au l ifl ow er a n d l e ttu c e pl an t s fro m th e s e e d s ow n a b ou t th e m i dd l e o f l as t mon th sh ou l d n ow be prick e d ou t i n c ol d fra mes If l ett uce is w a n te d for w i n t er u se i t m a y b e n ow pl a n t e d i n th e gre en h ou s e a n d w il l b e rea d y for u se b y C hri s t m as R h u b arb a n d a sp a ra g u s i f w an t e d f or u se i n w in t er sh o ul d b e ta k e n u p i n l a rge c l ump s a n d s t ow e d a w a y i n p i t f ra m e sh e d or c ell a r fo r a m on th or tw o w h en it m ay b e t a k en i n t o t h e g re en h ou s e a n d p a c k e d c l ose ly t o g e ther un der th e s tag e a n d w ill b e fit for u se from J a nu ary to Ma rch a cc ordin g to th e t emp era ture of th e house th e e a r

GA RDE N ING

2 44

PLEA S URE

FOR

NOVE MB ER Al l pl an ts Sh oul d n ow GR EEN H OU SE AN D FL O W ER GAR D EN b e in d oors ; a s h a rp l o ok ou t mus t b e k e pt for c ol d sn a p s T h e se oft en c ome v ery u n e xp ec t e dly in N ov e mb er an d as man y pl a n ts a re i nj u re d b y frost in this as th ere are in th e c ol der mon th s w h en th e en emy is mo re c l osely w a t ch e d for W h en fire h e a t is fre ely u sed b e c a re f ul to kee p u p th e p ro p er su pply of mois ture by syringin g spri nkl ing th e p a th s e tc In th e fl o w er gard en n oth in g i s n ow to b e d on e e xc ept to c l ea n Off d e a d sta l k s an d w h ere v er th ere is ti m e a n d s t ra w u p t e n d e r ros es v in es e tc to dig u p a n d rak e th e b ord ers a s i t w ill grea tly fa cil i ta te All b e d s w h ere hy ac in th s or o th er fa ll b ul bs h a ve s p rin g w ork b een pl a n te d h a d be tter b e c overe d w i th roug h l i tt er or l ea ves I f sh ort th oroug hl y d e to th e d epth of tw o or three in ch es a n ure c a n b e s p a re d a g oo d s p rin k lin g s p re a d o v er th e ca ye d m l aw n w ill h elp i t to a fi n er g row th in sp ring — u l c h in g U D E In c ol d s ec t io n s th e h ay or stra w m N FR IT GAR men ded in th e c ha pter on th e S tra w berry may be pu t on recom d u ri n g th e l a st of th is mon th Gra p e vin es a n d frui t trees ge n er a ll y s h ou l d b e p ru n ed a n d if w o o d o f th e vin e i s w an te d for c u t a ll t in gs or c i ons O f fru i t t re es for g ra f ts th ey sh ou l d b e t ie d in sm n ea t b u n c h es an d b uri e d in th e grou n d u n t il S p rin g VE GETAB LE GARD EN —A ll c el ery th a t is to be sto re d for w i n t er u se sh oul d b e p u t a w a y b e f ore th e e n d Of th e mo n th i n a l l pl ac es n orth o f R ic h mon d Va sou th Of th a t it may b e l eft in most pl a c es in th e row s w h ere grow n if c overe d u p D irec tion s for st orin g c el ery for w i n ter a re gi v en u n d er C el ery Th e s ta l ks of a s p ara gu s b e d s sh o ul d b e c u t o ve r a n d as as p ara gu s som e times b ecomes a w ee d it is b ett er to b urn th e stems if th ere a re b erries on th em Sprea d a h ea vy dress ingo f rou gh manu re th ree o r f ou r in c h e s th i c k on th e b e d s Al l roo ts th a t a re yet i n th e g rou n d an d n ot d esig n e d t o b e l ef t th ere a l l w in t er mu st b e dug u p i n th i s l a t it u d e b ef ore th e m i d d l e of th e mon th or th e y ma y b e froz en in u n til sp rin g ; o n io n s spi n a c h s prou ts c a bb a ge or l ettu ce pl an ts th a t are ou tsi d e sh oul d b e c ov ere d w i th tw o or th ree in ch es of l ea v es sa lt h a es a o w o r n er a t p t t d g t bb g r s ra t o ec u r i n w i C y th a t h a ve h ea de d may b e u su ally preserved a ga in s t inj ury b y fros t u n ti l th e m i d d l e O f n ext mon th b y simply pu ll in g th emu p a n d p a cki n g th emcl os e t og eth er in a dry sp ot in the O p en fi e l d w i th th e hea ds down a n d root s u p ; o n t h e a pp roa c h of c ol d w ea th er in D ecem b er th ey shoul d be c overed u p wi th l ea ves as h igh as th e tops .

GA RDENING

246

FOR

PLEA S URE

p its ; th e spin a c h crop in groun d or any oth er a rtic l e in n ee d prot ec ti on mu s t h a ve it do n e b ef ore t h e en d of th is mon th M an ure an d c omp ost h ea p s sh oul d n o w b e forw ard e d as ix e d so as to b e in p rop er ra p i d ly a s p ossi bl e a n d t urn e d a n d m c on di ti on f or sp rin g S n o w th a t a cc umu l a tes on c ol d frames or o v e d p articu l arly if th e s oil o th er g l as s s tru c tures sh o u l d b e rem th a t th e gl as s c overs w as n ot froz e n b efore th e sn ow fell ; if froz en i t may rema in on th e s ash es l on g er for th e pl an ts if froz en a re of c o u rse d orm a n t a n d w ou l d n ot be i nj ure d by b ein g d ep rive d of lig ht for eig ht or ten d ay s t

or roo s

in Of

I N D EX

A l Fl w e A l Fl w s Li t of A t D t yi g A p hi A ph i G d Bl A ppl A ppl V i ti s f n n ua

nn u a

n s

C hard, S wi ss

e s ro

C h err

1 12

C h err

1 17

ar e

A p i cot V i ti s f Arti h k Gl b A ti h k J u l m As p gus B k t B l l o Frame r

ar e

er sa e

C orn

196

1 70

C re ss

180 18 1

o n

17 2

la d

196 1 96

C re ss, In di a n a er C re ss ,

Wt C ro cu ses Pl an ti C u cum b er ,

C urran

t t V

ean ,

18 1

1 82

e n, n,

o e

ar e

196 ng

197 162

ari e

e s Of

163

Propag a ti g Plan ts b y C o di ti on of o s r P p Cu g Prop aga ting en C y cl am D e sign s f o Gard en s D bl e n

tt tti

207

C urra n s, C u i n g s,

B B h B a Li ma B ea P l B ddi g C p t S tyl B t Bl ckb y B l kb y V i eti es f B Du t B l B x f S ds

of ,

err

on e -

161

o s

186 47— 56

Eg g

36— 37

C arro

55 44

dive

F ern ri e s Fertili ers A d l tera ti on o f F rtil iz ers C o cen tra te d F ertili ers C o t f F ertili e s S p ecial F ig s F i g s Va i e t i e s o f Fl ow s Ann u al Fl ow e s for Sha d y S p ots Fl ow ers L a w of C ol or i n Fl ow e B ed O nam n ta l Fl ow r B e d S c l l Pa tt rn for Flow e B e ds C a p et Sty l e of

1 87

l ery lla r an d Gre en h ou se C omb i ed n

a u re as ,

2 47

83 20

Cen

11 11

C a u iﬂ o w er

Ce Ce

Pl an t z

bb a g e l ad iu ms C a me ll i as G raf ti n g C ame ll i a s Prop ag a tin g ,

Ca Ca

43 39

184

ru ss e s

B l B ddi g B lb F ll H ll d B lb i M s B lb i P t n

R d b ed

185 u

f or ,

ra i n

D ra i n Rubbl e D a in Ti l e

ore c o e or o

1 06

C orn S a

a ra

1 66

17 1 170

ari e ti e s of

l mb ers L i s t of Ha rd y C ordo n Tra ini g of Pe a r Tre es C i

C hi ve s

ro un

y y V

1 12

191 .

99 39

Fl ow e n B ed s

es ign s

for

1 64 1 65 60 1 14

1 28 35 34

33 31

GA R D E N I N G

248

Fl u e H a ti e

ar e n ,

ra n a

ar en,

a r en ,

ro e c

ar en ,

a r en

rou n

on o

a ra

d for

oca

e a

a r en i n

a r en n

ar or

ar e n n

77 75

ar c

a ss e s

ac n

err

o ose

ari e

e s.

223

D ra w H oe Excel sio P mp Exc el i or We edi g H ook Fl ow er Ga th re s Ga d en R ll er r

1 64

Prun ing an d Traini ng Varie ti e s Of

13 9

142

. .

Ga d S y i g G d T w l G p Si G Edgi g K f H d Gl H d P i g Sh H dg S h La di G d Tool s La w M w La w S yth r n

ar e n

ni e

a ss e s

c s s ors

ra ss

e s Of

ears

ru n n

ea rs

23 1

ers .

â&#x20AC;&#x2122;

ar e n

M an ure

Gra

s e

e s,

r en

G p

150

Pl n ts Li s t of H ou e A pp ro a ch to Hyaci th i G la s s Hyac in th s Pl a ti g Im pl me ts Garde n ous e

G b y V G ft S i d G af t

Forci ng Gra p ery

. .

ou s e or

1 77

a r en s ,

H H

PLE A S U RE

H o tH o t-

G d D i g G d P p ti f G G d P t ti b y H dg G d S i l d L ti G d V g t bl G d W lk G d D ig f G d g C tt g G d i g P l G d i g Wi d w G li Gl f Hy i th ar en ,

FOR

Fork

We ed er

23 1

Pol e Prun i ng S hea rs 229 Prong Hoe Pru ni ng an d B uddi n g Kn ives226 Pru n i g Sa w 226 225 Pu sh Hoe -

144

G p y H tH G p y L t G m tal O Gra S ed f L wn G S d Mi xi g O ts w i th C m G h b i ed d C ll G h Att h d t D w lli g G h D ta h d G h Pl t Li t f G Fl y K ill i g G H w t U G Mi xi g w i th Earth ra

rna

ra s s e s ,

ra s s

111

Rak R l

S h ov e

re e n

ou s e ,

re en

u an o,

ua n o ,

S te p L a d d ers T re i s e s

a n g in

H a y-S e e d

74 24

e s,

La w n 94 H ea ti g b y D oubl e Fl ue s H ating b y H t W a ter 95 10 H dges fo P ot cti g Ga rden s H rba ceou s Pe re ia l s Hardy 107 H erb aceou s Pe renn ial s Ha rd y Li s t f or

H b H H tB H tB

Sw e e o rs era di sh er s ,

ds eds

V e ntila ting

1 09 199

102 1 03

S e ed -Bow er

pa d e

230

23 1

232

W a teri g Pot W h e lb arrow W oo den La w n Ra ke n

230

223

A ng

227

l e W orm

A ts B w ro

119 1 18

Wh i te S cal e

n an d

1 19

1 16

rou n

M ea l y

B ug R e d S i d er

o se

T h ri

u an

tity t A ppl y g B k t F ill i g !

225

G H

an d

S i ck e Si dn e

10 1

a n s,

ou s e

re en

ou se

ree n

ou se a n

re e n

146

1 50

ou se

ea n - o

In s tru c i on s , J ard i ni eres

11 7

65 , 1 18 1 18

l ug

A ph i s

1 16 1 19

e n era

l 82

GAR D E N I N G

250

b L

S hru s, i st s Of S ok e -ďŹ&#x201A; u e S oi f or S e e d s

FOR

P LEA SU RE

. .

Wa l ks Gard en Wa di a n C a s e s Wash f or Gla ss Wa t i g Potted Pla n ts W i n d w B ox

O O

p p

S i n a ch , N e w Z ea S i na ch , S u s ti u

l an d

b t tes for

S q u a sh S ra w err

t St St St

2 17 .

O O

82 1 27

er n

2 17

2 18

b y F orcing ra w b erry Gro w i g ra w b erry Run n ers i n P e ts ra w b e rry Vari e ti e s of S w ee t Pota to Th i ps T b a cco Wa ter for Pl an ts

1 57 1 53

M on th l y

l en dar of O p era ti on s

234

F eb rua ry

154

M arch

236

219

M ay

238

mato T oma to S ee d s

S ta rtin g

L i st of E ergreen T re es Pru n i n g F rui t Tul i p s Plan ting T re e s ,

1 19

64 221 59

1 06 133

u gu s

241

tb N v mb Oc

D ecemb er

244

245

GAR DEN IN G FOR PR OFIT ! A GUIDE TO THE SUCCESSFUL CULTIVATION OF THE

MARKET AND FAMILY GARDEN

B Y P ETER H EN D ER SO N E L Y

F IN

th e

l t

t h e ﬁ rs w ork

ll kn own

as a

w ork h e ha s

n ecess ar

th e

e cu

M A

I t is wh i ch cu

w ork f or w hi ch

mmen ds i tsel f

l tiva tor of th e

ure of

n ot on

’

w as t h e ﬁ rs

ty f l xp i t ti

in hi s

c ou n r

s u cces s u

gi v en w i h ou

Its

It w a s a u h or i s .

e r e n ce .

re s erv a

on ,

an d

t he

th i

me th ods

th e

G A R D E N

tdm db f g w v g t bl

u rg en

ly to th ose w h o

F A M IL

re c e i v e

ma n y y ea rs

w a s an

e re

p bl i sh e d

R K E T

e ri en ce , a n d

s e

a r e n er o f

re c or e

markabl e sal e ever sin c e i t w a s i s su e d

ar en i n g eve r

ar e ar

an d re

v M k tG d m k tg d d d th i xp p ﬁt bl lt

S T R A T E D

IL L U

t t d i ti

Thi s w ork h as h a d a c on s a er e n a rg e d a n d re i s e d

i ts i ss u e ,

e ore

e a

G A R D E N

f or

sa e ,

an d on e

b u t to th e

mi t p re sen ts me th o d s q u ite d iﬁeren t fromth e o l d on e s g en era ll y practi ce d It i s a n O R IG IN AL A N D P U R EL Y A M ER IC A N w ork an d n o t m a d e u p a s b oo k s o n g a r d en i n g t oo O fte n are b y q uota ti on s f omforeign a u th ors a d e p erfe c tl y pl a i n a n d t h e s bj e c t t rea te d i n a l l i ts d e ta i l s Ev e ry th i g i s m fromth e s el ecti on of th e soi l to p reparin g th e p ro du cts for market ‘

to wh o

CONTENTS

M en

tte d

G d

fo r t h e B u s i n e s s o f a rd e n i n g oun o f C a p i a l R e q u i re , a n d Th e A W o rk i n g F o rc e p e r A c re ar en i n g P ro ﬁ s o f M a r k e L o c a i on , S i u a i on , a n d L a in g O u t S o il s , D ra i n a g e , a n d P r e p a ra i o n M a n u re s , I p l e e n s ﬁ

t t

U ses F or

an d

ma ti o n

t G d

t t

m t M a n a g e me n t

y t

C ol d Fr a e s o f H o t -b e en

M a n a g em

an d

F orc i n g P i s o r re e n h o u s e s S ee s an d S ee R a i sin g H o w , W h e n , a n d W h e re t o S o w S ee s T ra n s p a n i n g In s e c s P a c k i n g o f V e g e a b e s f o r S hi p p i n g P re s e rv a i o n o f V e g e a b e s i n W i n e r V e g e a b l e s, h e ir a ri e i e s a n d C u l i a i o n

In th e

prop

t l t h pt h i g iv as

ea c

t l V t

t l

th e

S e nt

most en i n d eta i l e r,

t tv t .

l ua bl e ki d s n

are

d e sc ri b e d

an d

th e

u re

po s

t p a id

OR AN GE JUDD COMPANY,

e r i c p

sl 5 0 .

7 5 1 B roa dw a y, N ew -York,

PRACTICAL FLORICULTURE! F L O R IS T S

’P

L A N T S

m m Cm

8 v PETER HEN DER SON , 131

mor! or

MB HENDER SON is kn ow n .

In the

country

The

socpe of the

work

o r0 3

N J .

! .

mmercial Fl orist h e g iv es a full account of hi a est

t h e l rg

In th e present w ork

mth e ﬁollow ing

a y be j udg ed ﬁ o

TABL E OF CONTEN TS

s e

A p ct a nd S il L ay in g ou t L aw n a nd Fl w .

G a rd e n s D esi gn s for Fl ow er G a rden s er

H o ll a n d B u lb s

C ap e B

Pl a nt ing of Fl ow er B ed s S oil s for Pott ing T em p er a t ure a nd M oisture T h e Pot ti ng of Pl a n ts

ul b s

W int er-Flow erin g

Pl a nts

H an ging B

mes

C ol d Fra

W in dow

ask et s G ard e ni ng .

W in ter

Pvc

In se c t s

’

a ure s L a w of Pa c k ing Pl ant s N t

C on stru ction of H ot -B ed s G reenh ouse S tru ct ures

C ol ors

M od es of H eat in g Prop agation b y S ee ds

Pro ﬁt s

C ul ture

of th e

Flori cul ture

H a rd y H erb a c eo us Pl a nts R

Beautiful ly i l l ustrated

Sent post paid -

OR ANGE J U DD 75 !

’

ro a

Price,

COMP ANY, dw

N e w -Y

o rk